33 CFR 183.320 - Preconditioning for tests.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... percent of the result of the following calculation, but not less than zero: the maximum weight capacity... be sealed. (f) The boat must be keel down in the water. (g) The boat must be swamped, allowing water...

33 CFR 183.320 - Preconditioning for tests.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... percent of the result of the following calculation, but not less than zero: the maximum weight capacity... be sealed. (f) The boat must be keel down in the water. (g) The boat must be swamped, allowing water...

33 CFR 183.320 - Preconditioning for tests.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... percent of the result of the following calculation, but not less than zero: the maximum weight capacity... be sealed. (f) The boat must be keel down in the water. (g) The boat must be swamped, allowing water...

A Deterministic Interfacial Cyclic Oxidation Spalling Model. Part 2; Algebraic Approximation, Descriptive Parameters, and Normalized Universal Curve

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Smialek, James L.

2002-01-01

A cyclic oxidation interfacial spalling model has been developed in Part 1. The governing equations have been simplified here by substituting a new algebraic expression for the series (Good-Smialek approximation). This produced a direct relationship between cyclic oxidation weight change and model input parameters. It also allowed for the mathematical derivation of various descriptive parameters as a function of the inputs. It is shown that the maximum in weight change varies directly with the parabolic rate constant and cycle duration and inversely with the spall fraction, all to the 1/2 power. The number of cycles to reach maximum and zero weight change vary inversely with the spall fraction, and the ratio of these cycles is exactly 1:3 for most oxides. By suitably normalizing the weight change and cycle number, it is shown that all cyclic oxidation weight change model curves can be represented by one universal expression for a given oxide scale.

Controlling Mechanical Properties of Bis-leucine Oxalyl Amide Gels

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chang, William; Carvajal, Daniel; Shull, Kenneth

2011-03-01

is-leucine oxalyl amide is a low molecular weight gelator capable of gelling polar and organic solvents. A fundamental understanding of self-assembled systems can lead to new methods in drug delivery and the design of new soft material systems. An important feature of self-assembled systems are the intermolecular forces between solvent and gelator molecule; by changing the environment the gel is in, the mechanical properties also change. In this project two variables were considered: the degree of neutralization present for the gelator molecule from neutral to completely ionized, and the concentration of the gelator molecule, from 1 weight percent to 8 weight percent in 1-butanol. Mechanical properties were studied using displacement controlled indentation techniques and temperature sweep rheometry. It has been found that properties such as the storage modulus, gelation temperature and maximum stress allowed increase with bis-leucine oxalyl amide concentration. The results from this study establish a 3-d contour map between the gelator concentration, the gelator degree of ionization and mechanical properties such as storage modulus and maximum stress allowed. The intermolecular forces between the bis-leucine low molecular weight gelator and 1-butanol govern the mechanical properties of the gel system, and understanding these interactions will be key to rationally designed self-assembled systems.

H.E.A.L.T.H.: Efficacy of an Internet/Population-Based Behavioral Weight Management Program for the U.S. Army

PubMed Central

Stewart, Tiffany; Han, Hongmei; Allen, H. Raymond; Bathalon, COL Gaston; Ryan, Donna H.; Newton, Robert L.; Williamson, Donald A.

2011-01-01

Background A significant number of soldiers exceed the maximum allowable weight standards or have body weights approaching the maximum allowable weight standards. This mandates development of scalable approaches to improve compliance with military weight standards. Methods We developed an intervention that included two components: (1) an Internet-based weight management program (Web site) and (2) a promotion program designed to promote and sustain usage of the Web site. The Web site remained online for 37 months, with the Web site promotion program ending after 25 months. Results Soldiers’ demographics were as follows: mean age, 32 years; body mass index (BMI), 28 kg/m2; 31% female; and 58% Caucasian. Civilian demographics were as follows: mean age, 38 years; BMI, 30 kg/m2; 84% female; and 55% Caucasian. Results indicated that 2417 soldiers and 2147 civilians (N = 4564) registered on the Web site. In the first 25 months (phase 1) of the study, new participants enrolled on the Web site at a rate of 88 (soldiers) and 80 (civilians) per month. After the promotion program was removed (phase 2), new participants enrolled at a rate of 18 (soldiers) and 13 (civilians) per month. Utilization of the Web site was associated with self-reported weight loss (p < .0001). Participants who utilized the Web site more frequently lost more weight (p < .0001). Participants reported satisfaction with the Web site. Conclusions The Web site and accompanying promotion program, when implemented at a military base, received satisfactory ratings and benefited a subset of participants in promoting weight loss. This justifies further examination of effectiveness in a randomized trial setting. PMID:21303642

Structural evaluation of the John A. Roebling Suspension Bridge : element level analysis.

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

2008-07-01

The primary objective of the structural evaluation of the John A. Roebling Bridge is to determine the maximum allowable gross vehicle weight (GVW) that can be carried by the bridge deck structural elements such as the open steel grid deck, channels, ...

Can flexibility help you float?

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Burton, L. J.; Bush, J. W. M.

2012-10-01

We consider the role of flexibility in the weight-bearing characteristics of bodies floating at an interface. Specifically, we develop a theoretical model for a two-dimensional thin floating plate that yields the maximum stable plate load and optimal stiffness for weight support. Plates small relative to the capillary length are primarily supported by surface tension, and their weight-bearing potential does not benefit from flexibility. Above a critical size comparable to the capillary length, flexibility assists interfacial flotation. For plates on the order of and larger than the capillary length, deflection from an initially flat shape increases the force resulting from hydrostatic pressure, allowing the plate to support a greater load. In this large plate limit, the shape that bears the most weight is a semicircle, which displaces the most fluid above the plate for a fixed plate length. Exact results for maximum weight-bearing plate shapes are compared to analytic approximations made in the limits of large and small plate sizes. The value of flexibility for floating to a number of biological organisms is discussed in light of our study.

43 CFR 3622.4 - Collection rules.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

..., DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR MINERALS MANAGEMENT (3000) FREE USE OF PETRIFIED WOOD Free Use of Petrified Wood... of petrified wood from public lands using the following criteria: (1) The maximum quantity of petrified wood that any one person is allowed to remove without charge per day is 25 pounds in weight plus...

43 CFR 3622.4 - Collection rules.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

..., DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR MINERALS MANAGEMENT (3000) FREE USE OF PETRIFIED WOOD Free Use of Petrified Wood... of petrified wood from public lands using the following criteria: (1) The maximum quantity of petrified wood that any one person is allowed to remove without charge per day is 25 pounds in weight plus...

43 CFR 3622.4 - Collection rules.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

..., DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR MINERALS MANAGEMENT (3000) FREE USE OF PETRIFIED WOOD Free Use of Petrified Wood... of petrified wood from public lands using the following criteria: (1) The maximum quantity of petrified wood that any one person is allowed to remove without charge per day is 25 pounds in weight plus...

43 CFR 3622.4 - Collection rules.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

..., DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR MINERALS MANAGEMENT (3000) FREE USE OF PETRIFIED WOOD Free Use of Petrified Wood... of petrified wood from public lands using the following criteria: (1) The maximum quantity of petrified wood that any one person is allowed to remove without charge per day is 25 pounds in weight plus...

14 CFR 125.383 - Load manifest.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

... airplane; (3) The maximum allowable takeoff and landing weights for that flight; (4) The center of gravity limits; (5) The center of gravity of the loaded airplane, except that the actual center of gravity need... that ensures that the center of gravity of the loaded airplane is within approved limits. In those...

14 CFR 125.383 - Load manifest.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... airplane; (3) The maximum allowable takeoff and landing weights for that flight; (4) The center of gravity limits; (5) The center of gravity of the loaded airplane, except that the actual center of gravity need... that ensures that the center of gravity of the loaded airplane is within approved limits. In those...

14 CFR 125.383 - Load manifest.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... airplane; (3) The maximum allowable takeoff and landing weights for that flight; (4) The center of gravity limits; (5) The center of gravity of the loaded airplane, except that the actual center of gravity need... that ensures that the center of gravity of the loaded airplane is within approved limits. In those...

14 CFR 125.383 - Load manifest.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

... airplane; (3) The maximum allowable takeoff and landing weights for that flight; (4) The center of gravity limits; (5) The center of gravity of the loaded airplane, except that the actual center of gravity need... that ensures that the center of gravity of the loaded airplane is within approved limits. In those...

14 CFR 125.383 - Load manifest.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

... airplane; (3) The maximum allowable takeoff and landing weights for that flight; (4) The center of gravity limits; (5) The center of gravity of the loaded airplane, except that the actual center of gravity need... that ensures that the center of gravity of the loaded airplane is within approved limits. In those...

Feasibility of Helicopter Support Seek Frost.

DTIC Science & Technology

1980-05-01

the allowable maximum weight can be used as the payload. The payload is a variable. Small helicopters with full fuel and auxillary tanks can fly...equipment, that the program to obtain icing approval on the S-76 will be finalized for management evaluation, and a decision can be made at that time to

Bipolar lead acid battery development

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Eskra, Michael; Vidas, Robin; Miles, Ronald; Halpert, Gerald; Attia, Alan; Perrone, David

1991-01-01

A modular bipolar battery configuration is under development at Johnson Control, Inc. (JCI) and the Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL). The battery design, incorporating proven lead acid electrochemistry, yields a rechargeable, high-power source that is light weight and compact. This configuration offers advantages in power capability, weight, and volume over conventional monopolar batteries and other battery chemistries. The lead acid bipolar battery operates in a sealed, maintenance-free mode allowing for maximum application flexibility. It is ideal for high-voltage and high-power applications.

Fixation of a split fracture of the lateral tibial plateau with a locking screw plate instead of cannulated screws would allow early weight bearing: a computational exploration.

PubMed

Carrera, Ion; Gelber, Pablo Eduardo; Chary, Gaetan; González-Ballester, Miguel A; Monllau, Juan Carlos; Noailly, Jerome

2016-10-01

To assess, with finite element (FE) calculations, whether immediate weight bearing would be possible after surgical stabilization either with cannulated screws or with a locking plate in a split fracture of the lateral tibial plateau (LTP). A split fracture of the LTP was recreated in a FE model of a human tibia. A three-dimensional FE model geometry of a human femur-tibia system was obtained from the VAKHUM project database, and was built from CT images from a subject with normal bone morphologies and normal alignment. The mesh of the tibia was reconverted into a geometry of NURBS surfaces. A split fracture of the lateral tibial plateau was reproduced by using geometrical data from patient radiographs. A locking screw plate (LP) and a cannulated screw (CS) systems were modelled to virtually reduce the fracture and 80 kg static body-weight was simulated. While the simulated body-weight led to clinically acceptable interfragmentary motion, possible traumatic bone shear stresses were predicted nearby the cannulated screws. With a maximum estimation of about 1.7 MPa maximum bone shear stresses, the Polyax system might ensure more reasonable safety margins. Split fractures of the LTP fixed either with locking screw plate or cannulated screws showed no clinically relevant IFM in a FE model. The locking screw plate showed higher mechanical stability than cannulated screw fixation. The locking screw plate might also allow full or at least partial weight bearing under static posture at time zero.

33 CFR 183.220 - Preconditioning for tests.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... result of the following calculation, but not less than zero: The maximum weight capacity marked on the... be keel down in the water. (g) The boat must be swamped, allowing water to flow between the inside... flooded portion of the boat must be eliminated. (h) Water must flood the two largest air chambers and all...

33 CFR 183.220 - Preconditioning for tests.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... result of the following calculation, but not less than zero: The maximum weight capacity marked on the... be keel down in the water. (g) The boat must be swamped, allowing water to flow between the inside... flooded portion of the boat must be eliminated. (h) Water must flood the two largest air chambers and all...

33 CFR 183.220 - Preconditioning for tests.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... result of the following calculation, but not less than zero: The maximum weight capacity marked on the... be keel down in the water. (g) The boat must be swamped, allowing water to flow between the inside... flooded portion of the boat must be eliminated. (h) Water must flood the two largest air chambers and all...

14 CFR 23.703 - Takeoff warning system.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

... takeoff. The warning must continue until— (1) The configuration is changed to allow safe takeoff, or (2... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Takeoff warning system. 23.703 Section 23... Control Systems § 23.703 Takeoff warning system. For all airplanes with a maximum weight more than 6,000...

Design study of steel V-Belt CVT for electric vehicles

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Swain, J. C.; Klausing, T. A.; Wilcox, J. P.

1980-01-01

A continuously variable transmission (CVT) design layout was completed. The intended application was for coupling the flywheel to the driveline of a flywheel battery hybrid electric vehicle. The requirements were that the CVT accommodate flywheel speeds from 14,000 to 28,000 rpm and driveline speeds of 850 to 5000 rpm without slipping. Below 850 rpm a slipping clutch was used between the CVT and the driveline. The CVT was required to accommodate 330 ft-lb maximum torque and 100 hp maximum transient. The weighted average power was 22 hp, the maximum allowable full range shift time was 2 seconds and the required lift was 2600 hours. The resulting design utilized two steel V-belts in series to accommodate the required wide speed ratio. The size of the CVT, including the slipping clutch, was 20.6 inches long, 9.8 inches high and 13.8 inches wide. The estimated weight was 155 lb. An overall potential efficiency of 95 percent was projected for the average power condition.

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Wang, John Zhiqiang

A gas turbine has buckets rotatable about an axis, the buckets having angel wing seals. The seals have outer and inner surfaces, at least one of which, and preferably both, extend non-linearly between root radii and the tip of the seal body. The profiles are determined in a manner to minimize the weight of the seal bodies, while maintaining the stresses below predetermined maximum or allowable stresses.

Active Flexion in Weight Bearing Better Correlates with Functional Outcomes of Total Knee Arthroplasty than Passive Flexion.

PubMed

Song, Young Dong; Jain, Nimash; Kang, Yeon Gwi; Kim, Tae Yune; Kim, Tae Kyun

2016-06-01

Correlations between maximum flexion and functional outcomes in total knee arthroplasty (TKA) patients are reportedly weak. We investigated whether there are differences between passive maximum flexion in nonweight bearing and other types of maximum flexion and whether the type of maximum flexion correlates with functional outcomes. A total of 210 patients (359 knees) underwent preoperative evaluation and postoperative follow-up evaluations (6, 12, and 24 months) for the assessment of clinical outcomes including maximum knee flexion. Maximum flexion was measured under five conditions: passive nonweight bearing, passive weight bearing, active nonweight bearing, and active weight bearing with or without arm support. Data were analyzed for relationships between passive maximum flexion in nonweight bearing by Pearson correlation analyses, and a variance comparison between measurement techniques via paired t test. We observed substantial differences between passive maximum flexion in nonweight bearing and the other four maximum flexion types. At all time points, passive maximum flexion in nonweight bearing correlated poorly with active maximum flexion in weight bearing with or without arm support. Active maximum flexion in weight bearing better correlated with functional outcomes than the other maximum flexion types. Our study suggests active maximum flexion in weight bearing should be reported together with passive maximum flexion in nonweight bearing in research on the knee motion arc after TKA.

Active Flexion in Weight Bearing Better Correlates with Functional Outcomes of Total Knee Arthroplasty than Passive Flexion

PubMed Central

Song, Young Dong; Jain, Nimash; Kang, Yeon Gwi; Kim, Tae Yune

2016-01-01

Purpose Correlations between maximum flexion and functional outcomes in total knee arthroplasty (TKA) patients are reportedly weak. We investigated whether there are differences between passive maximum flexion in nonweight bearing and other types of maximum flexion and whether the type of maximum flexion correlates with functional outcomes. Materials and Methods A total of 210 patients (359 knees) underwent preoperative evaluation and postoperative follow-up evaluations (6, 12, and 24 months) for the assessment of clinical outcomes including maximum knee flexion. Maximum flexion was measured under five conditions: passive nonweight bearing, passive weight bearing, active nonweight bearing, and active weight bearing with or without arm support. Data were analyzed for relationships between passive maximum flexion in nonweight bearing by Pearson correlation analyses, and a variance comparison between measurement techniques via paired t test. Results We observed substantial differences between passive maximum flexion in nonweight bearing and the other four maximum flexion types. At all time points, passive maximum flexion in nonweight bearing correlated poorly with active maximum flexion in weight bearing with or without arm support. Active maximum flexion in weight bearing better correlated with functional outcomes than the other maximum flexion types. Conclusions Our study suggests active maximum flexion in weight bearing should be reported together with passive maximum flexion in nonweight bearing in research on the knee motion arc after TKA. PMID:27274468

Climate change and the impact of extreme temperatures on aviation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Coffel, E.; Horton, R.

2014-12-01

Weather is the most significant factor affecting aircraft operations, accounting for 70-80% of passenger delays and costing airlines hundreds of millions of dollars per year in lost revenue. Temperature and airport elevation significantly influence the maximum allowable takeoff weight of an aircraft by changing the surface air density and thus the lift produced at a given speed. For a given runway length, airport elevation, and aircraft type there is a temperature threshold above which the airplane cannot take off at its maximum weight and thus must be weight restricted. The number of summer days necessitating weight restriction has increased since 1980 along with the observed increase in surface temperature. Climate change is projected to increase mean temperatures at all airports and significantly increase the frequency and severity of extreme heat events at some. These changes will negatively affect aircraft performance, leading to increased weight restrictions especially at airports with short runways and little room to expand. For a Boeing 737-800 aircraft, we find that the number of weight restriction days between May and September will increase by 50-100% at four major airports in the United States by 2050-2070 under the RCP8.5 high emissions scenario. These performance reductions may have a significant economic effect on the airline industry, leading to lower profits and higher passenger fares. Increased weight restrictions have previously been identified as potential impacts of climate change, but this study is the first to quantify the effect of higher temperatures on commercial aviation.

The effects of combined elastic- and free-weight tension vs. free-weight tension on one-repetition maximum strength in the bench press.

PubMed

Bellar, David M; Muller, Matthew D; Barkley, Jacob E; Kim, Chul-Ho; Ida, Keisuke; Ryan, Edward J; Bliss, Mathew V; Glickman, Ellen L

2011-02-01

The present study investigated the effects of training combining elastic tension, free weights, and the bench press. Eleven college-aged men (untrained) in the bench press participated in the 13-week study. The participants were first given instructions and then practiced the bench press, followed by a one-repetition maximum (1RM) test of baseline strength. Subjects were then trained in the bench press for 3 weeks to allow for the beginning of neural adaptation. After another 1RM test, participants were assigned to 1 of 2 conditions for the next 3 weeks of training: 85% Free-Weight Tension, 15% Elastic Tension (BAND), or 100% Free-Weight Tension (STAND). After 3 weeks of training and a third 1RM max test, participants switched treatments, under which they completed the final 3 weeks of training and the fourth 1RM test. Analysis via analysis of covariance revealed a significant (p ≤ 0.05) main effect for time and interaction effect for Treatment (BAND vs. STAND). Subsequent analysis via paired-samples t-test revealed the BAND condition was significantly better (p = 0.05) at producing raw gains in 1RM strength. (BAND 9.95 ± 3.7 kg vs. STAND 7.56 ± 2.8 kg). These results suggest that the addition of elastic tension to the bench press may be an effective method of increasing strength.

Predicting the Maximum Dynamic Strength in Bench Press: The High Precision of the Bar Velocity Approach.

PubMed

Loturco, Irineu; Kobal, Ronaldo; Moraes, José E; Kitamura, Katia; Cal Abad, César C; Pereira, Lucas A; Nakamura, Fábio Y

2017-04-01

Loturco, I, Kobal, R, Moraes, JE, Kitamura, K, Cal Abad, CC, Pereira, LA, and Nakamura, FY. Predicting the maximum dynamic strength in bench press: the high precision of the bar velocity approach. J Strength Cond Res 31(4): 1127-1131, 2017-The aim of this study was to determine the force-velocity relationship and test the possibility of determining the 1 repetition maximum (1RM) in "free weight" and Smith machine bench presses. Thirty-six male top-level athletes from 3 different sports were submitted to a standardized 1RM bench press assessment (free weight or Smith machine, in randomized order), following standard procedures encompassing lifts performed at 40-100% of 1RM. The mean propulsive velocity (MPV) was measured in all attempts. A linear regression was performed to establish the relationships between bar velocities and 1RM percentages. The actual and predicted 1RM for each exercise were compared using a paired t-test. Although the Smith machine 1RM was higher (10% difference) than the free weight 1RM, in both cases the actual and predicted values did not differ. In addition, the linear relationship between MPV and percentage of 1RM (coefficient of determination ≥95%) allow determination of training intensity based on the bar velocity. The linear relationships between the MPVs and the relative percentages of 1RM throughout the entire range of loads enable coaches to use the MPV to accurately monitor their athletes on a daily basis and accurately determine their actual 1RM without the need to perform standard maximum dynamic strength assessments.

Weight loss and jaundice in healthy term newborns in partial and full rooming-in.

PubMed

Zuppa, Antonio Alberto; Sindico, Paola; Antichi, Eleonora; Carducci, Chiara; Alighieri, Giovanni; Cardiello, Valentina; Cota, Francesco; Romagnoli, Costantino

2009-09-01

An inadequate start of breastfeeding has been associated with reduced caloric intake, excessive weight loss and high serum bilirubin levels in the first days of life. The rooming-in has been proposed as an optimal model for the promotion of breastfeeding. The aim of this study was to compare two different feeding models (partial and full rooming-in) to evaluate differences as regard to weight loss, hyperbilirubinemia and prevalence of exclusive breastfeeding at discharge. A total of 903 healthy term newborns have been evaluated; all the newborns were adequate for gestational age, with birth weight > or = 2800 g and gestational age > or = 37 weeks. The maximum weight loss (mean +/- SD), expressed as percent of birth weight, was not different in the two models (partial vs. full rooming-in 5.8% +/- 1.7%vs. 6% +/- 1.7%). A weight loss > or = 10% occurred in less than 1% in both groups. There were no statistical differences neither as mean of total serum bilirubin (partial vs. full rooming-in 10.5 +/- 3.3 vs. 10.1 +/- 2.9 mg/dl), nor as prevalence of hyperbilirubinemia (total serum bilirubin > or = 12 mg/dl). The prevalence of severe hyperbilirubinemia (total serum bilirubin > or = 18 mg/dl) and the use of phototherapy were not statistically different. Maximum weight loss was similar in the two models, even dividing by total serum bilirubin levels. At the discharge, exclusively breastfed newborns were 81% in full rooming-in and 42.9% in partial rooming-in. In conclusion, our results allow considering our assistance models similar as regards to severe hyperbilirubinemia and pathological weight loss in term healthy newborns even if full rooming-in is associated with higher prevalence of exclusive breastfeeding at the discharge.

DEM interpolation weight calculation modulus based on maximum entropy

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Chen, Tian-wei; Yang, Xia

2015-12-01

There is negative-weight in traditional interpolation of gridding DEM, in the article, the principle of Maximum Entropy is utilized to analyze the model system which depends on modulus of space weight. Negative-weight problem of the DEM interpolation is researched via building Maximum Entropy model, and adding nonnegative, first and second order's Moment constraints, the negative-weight problem is solved. The correctness and accuracy of the method was validated with genetic algorithm in matlab program. The method is compared with the method of Yang Chizhong interpolation and quadratic program. Comparison shows that the volume and scaling of Maximum Entropy's weight is fit to relations of space and the accuracy is superior to the latter two.

High strength ferritic alloy

DOEpatents

Hagel, William C.; Smidt, Frederick A.; Korenko, Michael K.

1977-01-01

A high-strength ferritic alloy useful for fast reactor duct and cladding applications where an iron base contains from about 9% to about 13% by weight chromium, from about 4% to about 8% by weight molybdenum, from about 0.2% to about 0.8% by weight niobium, from about 0.1% to about 0.3% by weight vanadium, from about 0.2% to about 0.8% by weight silicon, from about 0.2% to about 0.8% by weight manganese, a maximum of about 0.05% by weight nitrogen, a maximum of about 0.02% by weight sulfur, a maximum of about 0.02% by weight phosphorous, and from about 0.04% to about 0.12% by weight carbon.

High strength ferritic alloy-D53

DOEpatents

Hagel, William C.; Smidt, Frederick A.; Korenko, Michael K.

1977-01-01

A high strength ferritic alloy is described having from about 0.2% to about 0.8% by weight nickel, from about 2.5% to about 3.6% by weight chromium, from about 2.5% to about 3.5% by weight molybdenum, from about 0.1% to about 0.5% by weight vanadium, from about 0.1% to about 0.5% by weight silicon, from about 0.1% to about 0.6% by weight manganese, from about 0.12% to about 0.20% by weight carbon, from about 0.02% to about 0.1% by weight boron, a maximum of about 0.05% by weight nitrogen, a maximum of about 0.02% by weight phosphorous, a maximum of about 0.02% by weight sulfur, and the balance iron.

33 CFR 401.4 - Maximum length and weight.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 33 Navigation and Navigable Waters 3 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Maximum length and weight. 401.4 Section 401.4 Navigation and Navigable Waters SAINT LAWRENCE SEAWAY DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SEAWAY REGULATIONS AND RULES Regulations Condition of Vessels § 401.4 Maximum length and weight...

33 CFR 183.33 - Maximum weight capacity: Inboard and inboard-outdrive boats.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... and inboard-outdrive boats. 183.33 Section 183.33 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) BOATING SAFETY BOATS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT Safe Loading § 183.33 Maximum weight capacity: Inboard and inboard-outdrive boats. (a) The maximum weight capacity (W...

33 CFR 183.35 - Maximum weight capacity: Outboard boats.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... boats. 183.35 Section 183.35 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) BOATING SAFETY BOATS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT Safe Loading § 183.35 Maximum weight capacity: Outboard boats. (a) The maximum weight capacity marked on a boat that is designed or intended to...

33 CFR 183.33 - Maximum weight capacity: Inboard and inboard-outdrive boats.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... and inboard-outdrive boats. 183.33 Section 183.33 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) BOATING SAFETY BOATS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT Safe Loading § 183.33 Maximum weight capacity: Inboard and inboard-outdrive boats. (a) The maximum weight capacity (W...

33 CFR 183.33 - Maximum weight capacity: Inboard and inboard-outdrive boats.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... and inboard-outdrive boats. 183.33 Section 183.33 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) BOATING SAFETY BOATS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT Safe Loading § 183.33 Maximum weight capacity: Inboard and inboard-outdrive boats. (a) The maximum weight capacity (W...

33 CFR 183.35 - Maximum weight capacity: Outboard boats.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... boats. 183.35 Section 183.35 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) BOATING SAFETY BOATS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT Safe Loading § 183.35 Maximum weight capacity: Outboard boats. (a) The maximum weight capacity marked on a boat that is designed or intended to...

33 CFR 183.35 - Maximum weight capacity: Outboard boats.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... boats. 183.35 Section 183.35 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) BOATING SAFETY BOATS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT Safe Loading § 183.35 Maximum weight capacity: Outboard boats. (a) The maximum weight capacity marked on a boat that is designed or intended to...

33 CFR 183.35 - Maximum weight capacity: Outboard boats.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... boats. 183.35 Section 183.35 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) BOATING SAFETY BOATS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT Safe Loading § 183.35 Maximum weight capacity: Outboard boats. (a) The maximum weight capacity marked on a boat that is designed or intended to...

33 CFR 183.33 - Maximum weight capacity: Inboard and inboard-outdrive boats.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... and inboard-outdrive boats. 183.33 Section 183.33 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) BOATING SAFETY BOATS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT Safe Loading § 183.33 Maximum weight capacity: Inboard and inboard-outdrive boats. (a) The maximum weight capacity (W...

33 CFR 183.35 - Maximum weight capacity: Outboard boats.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... boats. 183.35 Section 183.35 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) BOATING SAFETY BOATS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT Safe Loading § 183.35 Maximum weight capacity: Outboard boats. (a) The maximum weight capacity marked on a boat that is designed or intended to...

Skylab viscous damper study

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

1978-01-01

The proposed magnetically anchored viscous fluid damper can maintain the Skylab in a gravity-gradient stabilized mode at the anticipated reboost altitudes. The parameters influencing damper performance (and thereby affecting the degree of risk) are: (1) amount of skylab pitch bias in the orbit plane which will result from aerodynamic trim conditions of the post-reboost configuration Skylab; (2) the lowest altitude to which the post-reboost Skylab will be allowed to decay prior to the next rendezvous; (3) maximum allowable weight and size of the proposed damper in order to match shuttle/TRS mission constraints; (4) the amount of magnetic materials expected to be in the vicinity of the damper.

49 CFR 230.24 - Maximum allowable stress.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Maximum allowable stress. 230.24 Section 230.24... Allowable Stress § 230.24 Maximum allowable stress. (a) Maximum allowable stress value. The maximum allowable stress value on any component of a steam locomotive boiler shall not exceed 1/4 of the ultimate...

49 CFR 230.24 - Maximum allowable stress.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Maximum allowable stress. 230.24 Section 230.24... Allowable Stress § 230.24 Maximum allowable stress. (a) Maximum allowable stress value. The maximum allowable stress value on any component of a steam locomotive boiler shall not exceed 1/4 of the ultimate...

49 CFR 230.24 - Maximum allowable stress.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Maximum allowable stress. 230.24 Section 230.24... Allowable Stress § 230.24 Maximum allowable stress. (a) Maximum allowable stress value. The maximum allowable stress value on any component of a steam locomotive boiler shall not exceed 1/4 of the ultimate...

49 CFR 230.24 - Maximum allowable stress.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Maximum allowable stress. 230.24 Section 230.24... Allowable Stress § 230.24 Maximum allowable stress. (a) Maximum allowable stress value. The maximum allowable stress value on any component of a steam locomotive boiler shall not exceed 1/4 of the ultimate...

49 CFR 230.24 - Maximum allowable stress.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum allowable stress. 230.24 Section 230.24... Allowable Stress § 230.24 Maximum allowable stress. (a) Maximum allowable stress value. The maximum allowable stress value on any component of a steam locomotive boiler shall not exceed 1/4 of the ultimate...

Alternative Fuels Data Center

Science.gov Websites

Natural Gas Vehicle (NGV) Weight Exemption NGVs may exceed the federal maximum gross vehicle weight the weight of a comparable diesel tank and fueling system. The NGV must not exceed a maximum gross

Alternative Fuels Data Center

Science.gov Websites

Natural Gas Vehicle (NGV) Weight Exemption NGVs may exceed the maximum gross vehicle weight limit exceed a maximum gross vehicle weight of 82,000 pounds. (Reference Senate Bill 1102, 2017, and Texas

29 CFR 1918.85 - Containerized cargo operations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... Containerized cargo operations. (a) Container markings. Every intermodal container shall be legibly and permanently marked with: (1) The weight of the container when empty, in pounds; (2) The maximum cargo weight... maximum cargo weight, in pounds. (b) Container weight. No container shall be hoisted by any lifting...

29 CFR 1918.85 - Containerized cargo operations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... Containerized cargo operations. (a) Container markings. Every intermodal container shall be legibly and permanently marked with: (1) The weight of the container when empty, in pounds; (2) The maximum cargo weight... maximum cargo weight, in pounds. (b) Container weight. No container shall be hoisted by any lifting...

29 CFR 1918.85 - Containerized cargo operations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... Containerized cargo operations. (a) Container markings. Every intermodal container shall be legibly and permanently marked with: (1) The weight of the container when empty, in pounds; (2) The maximum cargo weight... maximum cargo weight, in pounds. (b) Container weight. No container shall be hoisted by any lifting...

29 CFR 1918.85 - Containerized cargo operations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... Containerized cargo operations. (a) Container markings. Every intermodal container shall be legibly and permanently marked with: (1) The weight of the container when empty, in pounds; (2) The maximum cargo weight... maximum cargo weight, in pounds. (b) Container weight. No container shall be hoisted by any lifting...

29 CFR 1918.85 - Containerized cargo operations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... Containerized cargo operations. (a) Container markings. Every intermodal container shall be legibly and permanently marked with: (1) The weight of the container when empty, in pounds; (2) The maximum cargo weight... maximum cargo weight, in pounds. (b) Container weight. No container shall be hoisted by any lifting...

23 CFR 658.17 - Weight.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... maximum gross vehicle weight shall be 80,000 pounds except where lower gross vehicle weight is dictated by... of axles, or a vehicle is 20,000 pounds. (d) The maximum gross weight on tandem axles is 34,000... first and last axle is 36 feet or more. In no case shall the total gross weight of a vehicle exceed 80...

Control system for maximum use of adhesive forces of a railway vehicle in a tractive mode

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Spiryagin, Maksym; Lee, Kwan Soo; Yoo, Hong Hee

2008-04-01

The realization of maximum adhesive forces for a railway vehicle is a very difficult process, because it involves using tractive efforts and depends on friction characteristics in the contact zone between wheels and rails. Tractive efforts are realized by means of tractive torques of motors, and their maximum values can provide negative effects such as slip and skid. These situations usually happen when information about friction conditions is lacking. The negative processes have a major influence on wearing of contact bodies and tractive units. Therefore, many existing control systems for vehicles use an effect of a prediction of a friction coefficient between wheels and rails because measuring a friction coefficient at the moment of running vehicle movement is very difficult. One of the ways to solve this task is to use noise spectrum analysis for friction coefficient detection. This noise phenomenon has not been clearly studied and analyzed. In this paper, we propose an adhesion control system of railway vehicles based on an observer, which allows one to determine the maximum tractive torque based on the optimal adhesive force between the wheels (wheel pair) of a railway vehicle and rails (rail track) depending on weight load from a wheel to a rail, friction conditions in the contact zone, a lateral displacement of wheel set and wheel sleep. As a result, it allows a railway vehicle to be driven in a tractive mode by the maximum adhesion force for real friction conditions.

Erlotinib in African Americans with Advanced Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer: A Prospective Randomized Study with Genetic and Pharmacokinetic Analysis

PubMed Central

Phelps, Mitch A.; Stinchcombe, Thomas E.; Blachly, James S.; Zhao, Weiqiang; Schaaf, Larry J.; Starrett, Sherri L.; Wei, Lai; Poi, Ming; Wang, Danxin; Papp, Audrey; Aimiuwu, Josephine; Gao, Yue; Li, Junan; Otterson, Gregory A.; Hicks, William J.; Socinski, Mark A.; Villalona-Calero, Miguel A.

2014-01-01

Prospective studies focusing on EGFR inhibitors in African Americans with NSCLC have not been previously performed. In this phase II randomized study, 55 African Americans with NSCLC received erlotinib 150mg/day or a body weight adjusted dose with subsequent escalations to the maximum allowable, 200mg/day, to achieve rash. Erlotinib and OSI-420 exposures were lower compared to previous reports, consistent with CYP3A pharmacogenetics implying higher metabolic activity. Tumor genetics revealed only two EGFR mutations, EGFR amplification in 17/47 samples, 8 KRAS mutations and 5 EML4-ALK translocations. Although absence of rash was associated with shorter time to progression (TTP), disease control rate, TTP, and 1-year survival were not different between the two dose groups, indicating the dose-to-rash strategy failed to increase clinical benefit. Observed low incidence of toxicity and low erlotinib exposure suggest standardized and maximum allowable dosing may be suboptimal in African Americans. PMID:24781527

Status Report - Cane Fiberboard Properties And Degradation Rates For Storage Of The 9975 Shipping Package In KAC

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Daugherty, W.

Thermal, mechanical and physical properties have been measured on cane fiberboard samples following accelerated aging for up to approximately 10 years. The aging environments have included elevated temperature < 250 ºF (the maximum allowed service temperature for fiberboard in 9975 packages) and elevated humidity. The results from this testing have been analyzed, and aging models fit to the data. Correlations relating several properties (thermal conductivity, energy absorption, weight, dimensions and density) to their rate of change in potential storage environments have been developed. Combined with an estimate of the actual conditions the fiberboard experiences in KAC, these models allow developmentmore » of service life predictions.« less

A distributed-memory approximation algorithm for maximum weight perfect bipartite matching

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Azad, Ariful; Buluc, Aydin; Li, Xiaoye S.

We design and implement an efficient parallel approximation algorithm for the problem of maximum weight perfect matching in bipartite graphs, i.e. the problem of finding a set of non-adjacent edges that covers all vertices and has maximum weight. This problem differs from the maximum weight matching problem, for which scalable approximation algorithms are known. It is primarily motivated by finding good pivots in scalable sparse direct solvers before factorization where sequential implementations of maximum weight perfect matching algorithms, such as those available in MC64, are widely used due to the lack of scalable alternatives. To overcome this limitation, we proposemore » a fully parallel distributed memory algorithm that first generates a perfect matching and then searches for weightaugmenting cycles of length four in parallel and iteratively augments the matching with a vertex disjoint set of such cycles. For most practical problems the weights of the perfect matchings generated by our algorithm are very close to the optimum. An efficient implementation of the algorithm scales up to 256 nodes (17,408 cores) on a Cray XC40 supercomputer and can solve instances that are too large to be handled by a single node using the sequential algorithm.« less

Three-dimensional motion analysis of the lumbar spine during "free squat" weight lift training.

PubMed

Walsh, James C; Quinlan, John F; Stapleton, Robert; FitzPatrick, David P; McCormack, Damian

2007-06-01

Heavy weight lifting using a squat bar is a commonly used athletic training exercise. Previous in vivo motion studies have concentrated on lifting of everyday objects and not on the vastly increased loads that athletes subject themselves to when performing this exercise. Athletes significantly alter their lumbar spinal motion when performing squat lifting at heavy weights. Controlled laboratory study. Forty-eight athletes (28 men, 20 women) performed 6 lifts at 40% maximum, 4 lifts at 60% maximum, and 2 lifts at 80% maximum. The Zebris 3D motion analysis system was used to measure lumbar spine motion. Exercise was performed as a "free" squat and repeated with a weight lifting support belt. Data obtained were analyzed using SAS. A significant decrease (P < .05) was seen in flexion in all groups studied when lifting at 40% maximum compared with lifting at 60% and 80% of maximum lift. Flexion from calibrated 0 point ranged from 24.7 degrees (40% group) to 6.8 degrees (80% group). A significant increase (P < .05) was seen in extension when lifting at 40% maximum was compared with lifting at 60% and 80% maximum lift. Extension from calibrated 0 point ranged from -1.5 degrees (40% group) to -20.3 degrees (80% group). No statistically significant difference was found between motion seen when exercise was performed as a free squat or when lifting using a support belt in any of the groups studied. Weight lifting using a squat bar causes athletes to significantly hyperextend their lumbar spines at heavier weights. The use of a weight lifting support belt does not significantly alter spinal motion during lifting.

Assessing the adequacy of essential nutrient intake in obese dogs undergoing energy restriction for weight loss: a cohort study.

PubMed

German, Alexander J; Holden, Shelley L; Serisier, Samuel; Queau, Yann; Biourge, Vincent

2015-10-07

Canine obesity is usually treated with dietary energy restriction, but data are limited regarding nutritional adequacy. The aim of the current study was to compare intake of essential nutrients with National Research Council recommendations in obese dogs during weight management with a purpose-formulated diet. Twenty-seven dogs were included in this non-randomised retrospective observational cohort study. All were determined to be systemically well, and without significant abnormalities based upon physical examination and clinicopathological assessments. The dogs underwent a controlled weight loss protocol of at least 182 days' duration using a high protein high fibre weight loss diet. Median, maximum, and minimum daily intakes of all essential nutrients were compared against NRC 2006 recommended allowances (RA) for adult dogs. Median weight loss was 28 % (16-40 %), mean daily energy intake was 61 kcal/kg(0.75) (44-74 kcal/kg(0.75)), and no clinical signs of nutrient deficiency were observed in any dog. Based upon the average nutrient content of the diet, daily intake of the majority of essential nutrients was greater than their NRC 2006 recommended allowance (RA per kg body weight(0.75)), except for selenium, choline, methionine/cysteine, tryptophan, magnesium, and potassium. However, apart from choline (2/27 dogs) and methionine/cysteine (2/27 dogs), all essential nutrients remained above NRC minimum requirements (MR) throughout the trial. When fed the diet used in the current study, daily intakes of most essential nutrients meet both their NRC 2006 RA and MR in obese dogs during weight loss. In light of absence of clinical signs of nutrient deficiency, it is unclear what significance intakes less that NRC cut-offs for some nutrients have (especially selenium and choline), and further studies are recommended.

49 CFR 173.417 - Authorized fissile materials packages.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... for export and import shipments. (2) A residual “heel” of enriched solid uranium hexafluoride may be... “Heel” in a Specification 7A Cylinder) Maximum cylinder diameter Centimeters Inches Cylinder volume Liters Cubic feet Maximum Uranium 235-enrichment (weight)percent Maximum “Heel” weight per cylinder UF6...

49 CFR 173.417 - Authorized fissile materials packages.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... for export and import shipments. (2) A residual “heel” of enriched solid uranium hexafluoride may be... “Heel” in a Specification 7A Cylinder) Maximum cylinder diameter Centimeters Inches Cylinder volume Liters Cubic feet Maximum Uranium 235-enrichment (weight)percent Maximum “Heel” weight per cylinder UF6...

An analysis of collegiate band directors' exposure to sound pressure levels

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Roebuck, Nikole Moore

Noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL) is a significant but unfortunate common occupational hazard. The purpose of the current study was to measure the magnitude of sound pressure levels generated within a collegiate band room and determine if those sound pressure levels are of a magnitude that exceeds the policy standards and recommendations of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH). In addition, reverberation times were measured and analyzed in order to determine the appropriateness of acoustical conditions for the band rehearsal environment. Sound pressure measurements were taken from the rehearsal of seven collegiate marching bands. Single sample t test were conducted to compare the sound pressure levels of all bands to the noise exposure standards of OSHA and NIOSH. Multiple regression analysis were conducted and analyzed in order to determine the effect of the band room's conditions on the sound pressure levels and reverberation times. Time weighted averages (TWA), noise percentage doses, and peak levels were also collected. The mean Leq for all band directors was 90.5 dBA. The total accumulated noise percentage dose for all band directors was 77.6% of the maximum allowable daily noise dose under the OSHA standard. The total calculated TWA for all band directors was 88.2% of the maximum allowable daily noise dose under the OSHA standard. The total accumulated noise percentage dose for all band directors was 152.1% of the maximum allowable daily noise dose under the NIOSH standards, and the total calculated TWA for all band directors was 93dBA of the maximum allowable daily noise dose under the NIOSH standard. Multiple regression analysis revealed that the room volume, the level of acoustical treatment and the mean room reverberation time predicted 80% of the variance in sound pressure levels in this study.

Physically weighted approximations of unsteady aerodynamic forces using the minimum-state method

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Karpel, Mordechay; Hoadley, Sherwood Tiffany

1991-01-01

The Minimum-State Method for rational approximation of unsteady aerodynamic force coefficient matrices, modified to allow physical weighting of the tabulated aerodynamic data, is presented. The approximation formula and the associated time-domain, state-space, open-loop equations of motion are given, and the numerical procedure for calculating the approximation matrices, with weighted data and with various equality constraints are described. Two data weighting options are presented. The first weighting is for normalizing the aerodynamic data to maximum unit value of each aerodynamic coefficient. The second weighting is one in which each tabulated coefficient, at each reduced frequency value, is weighted according to the effect of an incremental error of this coefficient on aeroelastic characteristics of the system. This weighting yields a better fit of the more important terms, at the expense of less important ones. The resulting approximate yields a relatively low number of aerodynamic lag states in the subsequent state-space model. The formulation forms the basis of the MIST computer program which is written in FORTRAN for use on the MicroVAX computer and interfaces with NASA's Interaction of Structures, Aerodynamics and Controls (ISAC) computer program. The program structure, capabilities and interfaces are outlined in the appendices, and a numerical example which utilizes Rockwell's Active Flexible Wing (AFW) model is given and discussed.

Weight gain as a barrier to smoking cessation among military personnel.

PubMed

Russ, C R; Fonseca, V P; Peterson, A L; Blackman, L R; Robbins, A S

2001-01-01

To assess the relationships between active-duty military status, military weight standards, concern about weight gain, and anticipated relapse after smoking cessation. Cross-sectional study. Hospital-based tobacco cessation program. Two hundred fifty-two enrollees, of 253 eligible, to a tobacco cessation program in 1999 (135 men, 117 women; 43% on active duty in the military). Independent variables included gender, body mass index (weight/height2), and military status. Dependent variables included about weight gain with smoking cessation and anticipated relapse. In multivariate regression analyses that controlled for gender and body mass index, active-duty military status was associated with an elevated level of concern about weight gain (1.9-point increase on a 10-point scale; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.0- to 2.8-point increase), as well as higher anticipated relapse (odds ratio [OR] = 3.6; 95% CI, 1.3 to 9.8). Among subjects who were close to or over the U.S. Air Force maximum allowable weight for height, the analogous OR for active-duty military status was 6.9 (p = .02). Occupational weight standards or expectations may pose additional barriers for individuals contemplating or attempting smoking cessation, as they do among active-duty military personnel. These barriers are likely to hinder efforts to decrease smoking prevalence in certain groups.

Anatomical and neuromuscular variables strongly predict maximum knee extension torque in healthy men.

PubMed

Trezise, J; Collier, N; Blazevich, A J

2016-06-01

This study examined the relative influence of anatomical and neuromuscular variables on maximal isometric and concentric knee extensor torque and provided a comparative dataset for healthy young males. Quadriceps cross-sectional area (CSA) and fascicle length (l f) and angle (θ f) from the four quadriceps components; agonist (EMG:M) and antagonist muscle activity, and percent voluntary activation (%VA); patellar tendon moment arm distance (MA) and maximal voluntary isometric and concentric (60° s(-1)) torques, were measured in 56 men. Linear regression models predicting maximum torque were ranked using Akaike's Information Criterion (AICc), and Pearson's correlation coefficients assessed relationships between variables. The best-fit models explained up to 72 % of the variance in maximal voluntary knee extension torque. The combination of 'CSA + θ f + EMG:M + %VA' best predicted maximum isometric torque (R (2) = 72 %, AICc weight = 0.38) and 'CSA + θ f + MA' (R (2) = 65 %, AICc weight = 0.21) best predicted maximum concentric torque. Proximal quadriceps CSA was included in all models rather than the traditionally used mid-muscle CSA. Fascicle angle appeared consistently in all models despite its weak correlation with maximum torque in isolation, emphasising the importance of examining interactions among variables. While muscle activity was important for torque prediction in both contraction modes, MA only strongly influenced maximal concentric torque. These models identify the main sources of inter-individual differences strongly influencing maximal knee extension torque production in healthy men. The comparative dataset allows the identification of potential variables to target (i.e. weaknesses) in individuals.

49 CFR 230.25 - Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces. 230... Boilers and Appurtenances Allowable Stress § 230.25 Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces. The maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on fire box and combustion chamber...

40 CFR 35.2205 - Maximum allowable project cost.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 1 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Maximum allowable project cost. 35.2205... ASSISTANCE STATE AND LOCAL ASSISTANCE Grants for Construction of Treatment Works § 35.2205 Maximum allowable... regulation, the maximum allowable project cost will be the sum of: (1) The allowable cost of the following...

Changes in the body weight of term infants, born in the tropics, during the first seven days of life.

PubMed

Turner, Claudia; Carrara, Verena; Thien, Naw Aye Mya; Paw, Naw Moo Ku; Rijken, Marcus; McGready, Rose; Nosten, François

2013-06-14

Identifying unwell neonates, particularly in the first week of life, is often subjective. If normal values are known, calculating the weight lost or gained from birth weight can be a useful adjunct in the evaluation of the health of a neonate. Serial body weights of well, term, breast fed infants who were attending for routine follow up, were recorded at the Shoklo Malaria Research Unit clinic in Maela Camp for displaced persons on the Thailand Myanmar border. Newborn examination was routine. Weight loss, expressed as percent weight lost from birth weight, and weight gain, expressed as a velocity (g/kg/day), was calculated for the first seven days of life. The results from normal birth weight infants, low birth weight infants (<2.5 kg) and small for gestational age infants (SGA) were examined. In the first week of life there were no significant differences in weight gained or lost across the three study groups. The maximum weight lost was 4.4% (95% CI 4.1 - 4.6%), which occurred on day three. Weight gain ranged from 13 g/kg/day [95% CI 10 - 16] on day four to 18 g/kg/day [95% CI 15 - 20] on days six and seven. Use of these normal values for weight gain and loss, allows infants falling outside of the expected range (95% CI) to be easily identified and subsequently highlighted as needing further medical review.

Item Selection and Ability Estimation Procedures for a Mixed-Format Adaptive Test

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Ho, Tsung-Han; Dodd, Barbara G.

2012-01-01

In this study we compared five item selection procedures using three ability estimation methods in the context of a mixed-format adaptive test based on the generalized partial credit model. The item selection procedures used were maximum posterior weighted information, maximum expected information, maximum posterior weighted Kullback-Leibler…

23 CFR 658.17 - Weight.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-04-01

... the bridge formula. (c) The maximum gross weight upon any one axle, including any one axle of a group... following formula, referred to as the Bridge Gross Weight Formula: EC14OC91.012 except that two consecutive... derived from the Bridge Formula, up to a maximum of 80,000 pounds, including all enforcement tolerances...

23 CFR 658.17 - Weight.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... the bridge formula. (c) The maximum gross weight upon any one axle, including any one axle of a group... following formula, referred to as the Bridge Gross Weight Formula: EC14OC91.012 except that two consecutive... derived from the Bridge Formula, up to a maximum of 80,000 pounds, including all enforcement tolerances...

46 CFR 151.03-37 - Maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 46 Shipping 5 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure. 151.03-37 Section 151.03-37 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) CERTAIN BULK DANGEROUS CARGOES BARGES CARRYING BULK LIQUID HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CARGOES Definitions § 151.03-37 Maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum allowable working...

46 CFR 151.03-37 - Maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 46 Shipping 5 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure. 151.03-37 Section 151.03-37 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) CERTAIN BULK DANGEROUS CARGOES BARGES CARRYING BULK LIQUID HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CARGOES Definitions § 151.03-37 Maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum allowable working...

46 CFR 151.03-37 - Maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 46 Shipping 5 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure. 151.03-37 Section 151.03-37 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) CERTAIN BULK DANGEROUS CARGOES BARGES CARRYING BULK LIQUID HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CARGOES Definitions § 151.03-37 Maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum allowable working...

46 CFR 151.03-37 - Maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 46 Shipping 5 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure. 151.03-37 Section 151.03-37 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) CERTAIN BULK DANGEROUS CARGOES BARGES CARRYING BULK LIQUID HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CARGOES Definitions § 151.03-37 Maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum allowable working...

46 CFR 151.03-37 - Maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 46 Shipping 5 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure. 151.03-37 Section 151.03-37 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) CERTAIN BULK DANGEROUS CARGOES BARGES CARRYING BULK LIQUID HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CARGOES Definitions § 151.03-37 Maximum allowable working pressure. The maximum allowable working...

49 CFR 192.619 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 49 Transportation 3 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or... Operations § 192.619 Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines. (a) No person may operate a segment of steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that exceeds a maximum allowable operating...

49 CFR 192.619 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 3 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or... Operations § 192.619 Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines. (a) No person may operate a segment of steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that exceeds a maximum allowable operating...

49 CFR 192.619 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 49 Transportation 3 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or... Operations § 192.619 Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines. (a) No person may operate a segment of steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that exceeds a maximum allowable operating...

49 CFR 192.619 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 49 Transportation 3 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or... Operations § 192.619 Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines. (a) No person may operate a segment of steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that exceeds a maximum allowable operating...

The Vacuum-Compacted Regolith Gripping Mechanism and Unmanned Flights via Quad-Rotors

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Scott, Rollin L.

2014-01-01

During the course of the Kennedy Space Center Summer Internship, two main experiments were performed: The Vacuum-Compacted Regolith Gripping Mechanism and Unmanned Flights via Quad-copters. The objectives of the Vacuum-Compacted Regolith Gripping Mechanism, often abbreviated as the Granular Gripper, are to exhibit Space Technology, such as a soft robotic hand, lift different apparatuses used to excavate regolith, and conserve energy while executing its intended task. The project is being conducted to test how much weight the Granular Gripper can hold. With the use of an Animatronic Robotic Hand, Arduino Uno, and other components, the system was calibrated before actually conducting the intended weight test. The maximum weight each finger could hold with the servos running, in the order of pinky, ring, middle, and index fingers, are as follows: 1.340N, 1.456 N, 0.9579 N, and 1.358 N. Using the small vacuum pump system, the maximum weight each finger could hold, in the same order, was: 4.076 N, 6.159 N, 5.454 N, and 4.052 N. The maximum torques on each of the fingers when the servos were running, in the same respective order, was: 0.0777 Nm, 0.0533 Nm, 0.0648 Nm, and 0.0532 Nm. The maximum torques on the individual fingers, when the small vacuum pump was in effect, in the same order as above, was: 0.2318 Nm, 0.3032 Nm, 0.2741 Nm, and 0.1618 Nm. In testing all the fingers with the servos running, the total weight was 5.112 N and the maximum torque on the all the fingers was 0.2515 Nm. However, when the small vacuum pump system was used, the total weight was 19.741 N and the maximum torque on the all the fingers was 0.9713 Nm. The conclusion that was drawn stated that using the small vacuum pump system proved nearly 4 times more effective when testing how much weigh the hand could hold. The resistance provided by the compacted sand in the glove allowed more weight to be held by the hand and glove. Also, when the servos turned off and the hand still retaining its position, energy is being saved because the vacuum created the same resistance the running servos did without using power. The Unmanned Flights via Quad-rotors are built because multi-rotor dynamics are an important starting point and fair analog for space craft control systems and they make good terrestrial development platforms for various aspects of control for space crafts. The project is being conducted to see what the thrust response is going to be when a pulse width modulation command is sent to the control system since the quad-rotors are PWM controlled. A simulation environment in constructed so that one can quickly iterate and test different designs such as control systems, PID control vs. LDR control, and state estimation. Using two DIY Quad Kits, APM 2.6, testing apparatus (called a data acquisition system) to test the quad-rotors, and a simulation program such as Simulink, two quad-rotors are built and controlled via a simulation program, which is designed to be as realistic as possible and not idealistic. Due to the quad-rotors not being completely built nor ready for testing, there are no results or conclusions to report.

Thresholding Based on Maximum Weighted Object Correlation for Rail Defect Detection

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Li, Qingyong; Huang, Yaping; Liang, Zhengping; Luo, Siwei

Automatic thresholding is an important technique for rail defect detection, but traditional methods are not competent enough to fit the characteristics of this application. This paper proposes the Maximum Weighted Object Correlation (MWOC) thresholding method, fitting the features that rail images are unimodal and defect proportion is small. MWOC selects a threshold by optimizing the product of object correlation and the weight term that expresses the proportion of thresholded defects. Our experimental results demonstrate that MWOC achieves misclassification error of 0.85%, and outperforms the other well-established thresholding methods, including Otsu, maximum correlation thresholding, maximum entropy thresholding and valley-emphasis method, for the application of rail defect detection.

Central Hemodynamics Measured During 5 Repetition Maximum Free Weight Resistance Exercise.

PubMed

Howard, Jonathan S; McLester, Cherilyn N; Evans, Thomas W; McLester, John R; Calloway, Jimmy P

2018-01-01

The PhysioFlow™ is a piece of equipment that uses bioimpedance cardiography to measure central hemodynamics. The purpose of this research was to explore the novel approach of monitoring central hemodynamics during free weight resistance exercise using bioimpedance cardiography throughout a 5 repetition maximum (5RM). Thirty participants ranging from beginner to advanced lifters (16 males and 14 females) completed a 5RM for back squat, seated push press, and bicep curl while connected to the PhysioFlow™ to assess the response of heart rate (HR), stroke volume (SV), cardiac output (Q), and ejection fraction (EF). Participants were cued for form and to breathe normally throughout the lifts. The PhysioFlow™ detected an increase in HR and Q for all lifts between rest and each repetition ( p < 0.05). There was also an increase in HR and Q from repetition 1 to repetition 5 for all lifts ( p < 0.05). No changes in EF or SV were detected between resting measurements and each repetition for all lifts ( p > 0.05) and no changes in EF or SV were detected when all repetitions were compared to each other for all lifts ( p > 0.05). In conclusion, the PhysioFlow™ was able to detect changes in HR and Q during dynamic free weight resistance exercise. This novel approach may provide a mechanism for monitoring central hemodynamics during free weight resistance training. However, more research needs to be conducted as the exercise protocol for this investigation did not allow for a comparison to a reference method.

46 CFR 54.10-5 - Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98).

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). 54.10-5 Section 54.10-5 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING PRESSURE VESSELS Inspection, Reports, and Stamping § 54.10-5 Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). (a) The maximum allowable...

46 CFR 54.10-5 - Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98).

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). 54.10-5 Section 54.10-5 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING PRESSURE VESSELS Inspection, Reports, and Stamping § 54.10-5 Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). (a) The maximum allowable...

46 CFR 54.10-5 - Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98).

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). 54.10-5 Section 54.10-5 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING PRESSURE VESSELS Inspection, Reports, and Stamping § 54.10-5 Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). (a) The maximum allowable...

46 CFR 54.10-5 - Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98).

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). 54.10-5 Section 54.10-5 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING PRESSURE VESSELS Inspection, Reports, and Stamping § 54.10-5 Maximum allowable working pressure (reproduces UG-98). (a) The maximum allowable...

Dynamic deformation analysis of light-weight mirror

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zhang, Yingtao; Cao, Xuedong; Kuang, Long; Yang, Wei

2012-10-01

In the process of optical dynamic target work, under the effort of the arm of dynamic target, the mirror needs to do circular motion, additional accelerated motion and uniform motion. The maximum acceleration is 10°/s2 and the maximum velocity is 30°/s. In this paper, we mostly analyze the dynamic deformation of a 600 mm honeycomb light-weight mirror of a certain dynamic target. Using the FEA (finite element analysis) method, first of all, we analyze the deformation of the light-weight mirror induced in gravity at different position; later, the dynamic deformation of light-weight mirror is analyzed in detailed. The analysis results indicate that, when the maximum acceleration is 10°/s2 and the maximum velocity is 30°/s, the centripetal force is 5% of the gravity at the equal mass, and the dynamic deformation of the mirror is 6.1% of the deformation induced by gravity.

Vibration transfer mobility measurements using maximum length sequences

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Singleton, Herbert L.

2005-09-01

Vibration transfer mobility measurements are required under Federal Transit Administration guidelines when developing detailed predictions of ground-borne vibration for rail transit systems. These measurements typically use a large instrumented hammer to generate impulses in the soil. These impulses are measured by an array of accelerometers to characterize the transfer mobility of the ground in a localized area. While effective, these measurements often make use of heavy, custom-engineered equipment to produce the impulse signal. To obtain satisfactory signal-to-noise ratios, it is necessary to generate multiple impulses to generate an average value, but this process involves considerable physical labor in the field. To address these shortcomings, a transfer mobility measurement system utilizing a tactile transducer and maximum length sequences (MLS) was developed. This system uses lightweight off-the-shelf components to significantly reduce the weight and cost of the system. The use of MLS allows for adequate signal-to-noise ratio from the tactile transducer, while minimizing the length of the measurement. Tests of the MLS system show good agreement with the impulse-based method. The combination of the cost savings and reduced weight of this new system facilitates transfer mobility measurements that are less physically demanding, and more economical when compared with current methods.

14 CFR 29.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

... pressure (for reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine, considering the... maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (5) The maximum...

14 CFR 29.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

... pressure (for reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine, considering the... maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (5) The maximum...

14 CFR 29.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

... pressure (for reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine, considering the... maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (5) The maximum...

14 CFR 29.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... pressure (for reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine, considering the... maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (5) The maximum...

14 CFR 29.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... pressure (for reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The maximum allowable power or torque for each engine, considering the... maximum allowable turbine inlet or turbine outlet gas temperature (for turbine engines); (5) The maximum...

Lead distribution and its potential risk to the environment: lesson learned from environmental monitoring of abandon mine.

PubMed

Nobuntou, Wanida; Parkpian, Preeda; Oanh, Nguyen Thi Kim; Noomhorm, Athapol; Delaune, R D; Jugsujinda, Aroon

2010-11-01

There are many abandon and existing mines (tin, lead and zinc) in the mountainous areas of Thailand. Toxic elements including heavy metals such as lead (Pb), cadmium (Cd) and arsenic (As) have been released and transported from the mining sites to the adjacent landscape. In Thong Pha Phum District, Kanchanaburi Province, Thailand Pb contamination in the vicinity of the mine has occurred which could lead to potential health problems in downstream communities. To better understand current status of Pb contamination and accumulation in the surrounding environment and potential health impact, surface sediment, soil and plant samples were collected seasonally from representative monitoring sites along the aquatic track or flow regime. Potential health risk was determined using hazard quotient (HQ) as an index for local inhabitants who consume rice. Environmental monitoring illustrated that Pb concentrations in the surface sediment was as high as 869.4 mg kg(-1) dry weight and varied differently among stations sampled. Lead content in agricultural soil ranged between 137.8 to 613.5 mg kg(-1) dry weight and was inversely proportion to the distance from the point source. Moreover Pb was transported from the point source to down hill areas. At the highly polluted monitoring stations (S1, S2, and S3), concentrations of Pb exceeded the maximum allowable concentration for Pb in agricultural soil (300 mg kg(-1)) by 1.7-2 times. The Pb in soil was primarily associated with Fe/Mn oxides bound fraction (46-56%) followed by the organic bound fraction (25-30%). Lead uptake by plant varied and was species dependent. However root and tuber crops like cassava (19.92 mg Pb kg(-1) dry weight) and curcumin (3.25 mg Pb kg(-1) dry weight) could have removed Pb from the soil which suggest growing root crops in Pb contaminated soils should be avoided. However Cd, a co-contaminant at one of monitored stations (S4) yielded rice grain with Cd exceeding the maximum allowable concentration suggesting some potential health risk (HQ = 5.34) if people consume rice grown at this station. Overall result shows a low risk associated with Pb release into the environment.

Joining strength performances of metal skin and CFRP core laminate structures realized by compression-curing process, with supporting experiments

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Quagliato, Luca; Jang, Changsoon; Kim, Naksoo

2018-05-01

In the recent years, the trend of lightening vehicles and structures of every kind has become an ever-growing issue, both for university and industrial researchers. As demonstrated in previous authors' works, laminate structures made of metal skin (MS) and carbon fiber reinforced polymer (CFRP) core show high specific bending strength properties while granting considerable weight reduction but, so far, no investigations have been carried out on the hole sensitivity and joinability of these hybrid structures. In the present research work, the hole size sensitivity of MS-CFRP structure has been studied by means of uniaxial tensile test on 160mm (length), 25mm (width), 2.0mm (average thickness) specimens bored with Ø06mm, Ø9mm, and Ø12mm holes. The specimen thickness is composed of two metal skins of 0.4mm thickness each, 8×0.2mm CFRP stacked layers and two thin epoxy-based adhesive layers. The specimens have been manufactured by means of a compression-curing process in which the different materials are stacked and, thanks to die pressure and temperature, the curing process is completed in a relatively short time (15˜20 minutes). The specimens have been tested by means of simple tension test showing that, for the MS-CFRP material, the smaller the hole the smaller the maximum bearable load. Moreover, specimens with the same hole sizes have been bolted together with class 12 resistance bolts and tested by means of tensile test, allowing to determine the maximum transferable load between the two MS-CFRP plates. Aiming to prove the improvement in the specific transferable load, experiments on only-steel specimens with the same weight of the MS-CFRP ones and joined with the same method and bolts have been carried out, allowing to conclude that, for the 9mm hole bolted plates, the proposed material has a specific maximum transferable 27% higher than that of the steel composing their skins.

Selective effects of weight and inertia on maximum lifting.

PubMed

Leontijevic, B; Pazin, N; Kukolj, M; Ugarkovic, D; Jaric, S

2013-03-01

A novel loading method (loading ranged from 20% to 80% of 1RM) was applied to explore the selective effects of externally added simulated weight (exerted by stretched rubber bands pulling downward), weight+inertia (external weights added), and inertia (covariation of the weights and the rubber bands pulling upward) on maximum bench press throws. 14 skilled participants revealed a load associated decrease in peak velocity that was the least associated with an increase in weight (42%) and the most associated with weight+inertia (66%). However, the peak lifting force increased markedly with an increase in both weight (151%) and weight+inertia (160%), but not with inertia (13%). As a consequence, the peak power output increased most with weight (59%), weight+inertia revealed a maximum at intermediate loads (23%), while inertia was associated with a gradual decrease in the peak power output (42%). The obtained findings could be of importance for our understanding of mechanical properties of human muscular system when acting against different types of external resistance. Regarding the possible application in standard athletic training and rehabilitation procedures, the results speak in favor of applying extended elastic bands which provide higher movement velocity and muscle power output than the usually applied weights. © Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.

Maximum likelihood estimation of signal-to-noise ratio and combiner weight

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Kalson, S.; Dolinar, S. J.

1986-01-01

An algorithm for estimating signal to noise ratio and combiner weight parameters for a discrete time series is presented. The algorithm is based upon the joint maximum likelihood estimate of the signal and noise power. The discrete-time series are the sufficient statistics obtained after matched filtering of a biphase modulated signal in additive white Gaussian noise, before maximum likelihood decoding is performed.

49 CFR Appendix A to Part 213 - Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds A Appendix A to...—Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds Table 1—Three Inches Unbalance [Elevation of outer rail (inches)] Degree of curvature 0 1/2 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 51/2 6 (12) Maximum allowable operating speed (mph...

49 CFR Appendix A to Part 213 - Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds A Appendix A to...—Maximum Allowable Curving Speeds Table 1—Three Inches Unbalance [Elevation of outer rail (inches)] Degree of curvature 0 1/2 1 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 51/2 6 (12) Maximum allowable operating speed (mph...

14 CFR 27.473 - Ground loading conditions and assumptions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... maximum weight must be used that is not less than the maximum weight. A rotor lift may be assumed to act through the center of gravity throughout the landing impact. This lift may not exceed two-thirds of the...

14 CFR 27.473 - Ground loading conditions and assumptions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... maximum weight must be used that is not less than the maximum weight. A rotor lift may be assumed to act through the center of gravity throughout the landing impact. This lift may not exceed two-thirds of the...

14 CFR 29.473 - Ground loading conditions and assumptions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... maximum weight must be used that is not less than the maximum weight. A rotor lift may be assumed to act through the center of gravity throughout the landing impact. This lift may not exceed two-thirds of the...

14 CFR 29.473 - Ground loading conditions and assumptions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... maximum weight must be used that is not less than the maximum weight. A rotor lift may be assumed to act through the center of gravity throughout the landing impact. This lift may not exceed two-thirds of the...

40 CFR 201.26 - Procedures for the measurement on receiving property of retarder and car coupling noise.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... maximum A-weighted sound levels (FAST) for every retarder sound observed during the measurement period... performance as appropriate. (2) Data. The maximum A-weighted sound levels (FAST) for every car coupling impact...

Parametric studies of North East Corridor rail passenger service between New York City and Washington, D. C.. [propulsive efficiency studies

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Stallkamp, J. A.

1977-01-01

Speed profiles of rail passenger service between New York City and Washington, D.C. were developed and showed progressively fewer speed restrictions and increasing maximum speeds. The significant equipment characteristics include the portion of the total weight on driven axles, i.e., multiple unit (MU) cars versus locomotive hauled trains, and the short term tractive effort rating of the motors. The ratio of acceleration plus braking time to total time is provided for validation of the use of the short term propulsion equipment ratings. Absolute trip times are shown to be determined primarily by the allowed speed profile. Locomotive hauled train weights and lengths and the locomotive capabilities and characteristics that are required to make the performance of this type of train comparable to that of MU trains are given.

32 CFR 842.35 - Depreciation and maximum allowances.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 32 National Defense 6 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Depreciation and maximum allowances. 842.35... LITIGATION ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS Personnel Claims (31 U.S.C. 3701, 3721) § 842.35 Depreciation and maximum allowances. The military services have jointly established the “Allowance List-Depreciation Guide” to...

Association between summer temperature and body weight in Japanese adolescents and children: An ecological analysis.

PubMed

Yokoya, Masana; Higuchi, Yukito

2016-11-01

Several experimental studies reported evidence of a negative energy balance at higher temperatures. However, corresponding weight loss has not been noted in clinical practice. This study investigated the geographical association between outdoor temperature and body weight in Japanese adolescents and children. An ecological analysis was conducted using prefecture-level data on the mean body weight of Japanese adolescents and children over a 25-year period and Japanese mesh (regional) climatic data on the mean annual temperature, mean daily maximum temperature in August, and mean daily minimum temperature in January were also analyzed. Correlation analysis uncovered a stronger association between weight and the mean daily maximum temperature in August than with other climatic variables. Moreover, multiple regression analysis indicated that height and the mean daily maximum temperature in August were statistically significant predictors of weight. This suggests that geographical differences in weight in Japanese adolescents and children can be explained by the complementary relationship between height-associated weight gain and weight loss caused by summer heat. Summer temperatures may reduce the proportion of children who are overweight and contribute to geographical differences in body weight in Japanese adolescents and children. Am. J. Hum. Biol. 28:789-795, 2016. © 2016Wiley Periodicals, Inc. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

An improved waste collection system for space flight

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Thornton, William E.; Lofland, William W., Jr.; Whitmore, Henry

1986-01-01

Waste collection systems are a critical part of manned space flight. Systems to date have had a number of deficiencies. A new system, which uses a simple mechanical piston compactor and disposable pads allows a clean area for defecation and maximum efficiency of waste collection and storage. The concept has been extensively tested. Flight demonstration units are being built, tested, and scheduled for flight. A prototype operational unit is under construction. This system offers several advantages over existing or planned systems in the areas of crew interface and operation, cost, size, weight, and maintenance and power consumption.

49 CFR 230.25 - Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on fire box and combustion chamber stays shall be 7,500 psi. The maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on...

49 CFR 230.25 - Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on fire box and combustion chamber stays shall be 7,500 psi. The maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on...

49 CFR 230.25 - Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on fire box and combustion chamber stays shall be 7,500 psi. The maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on...

49 CFR 230.25 - Maximum allowable stress on stays and braces.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on fire box and combustion chamber stays shall be 7,500 psi. The maximum allowable stress per square inch of net cross sectional area on...

40 CFR 35.2205 - Maximum allowable project cost.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 1 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Maximum allowable project cost. 35.2205... project cost. (a) Grants awarded on or after the effective date of this regulation. Except as provided in... regulation, the maximum allowable project cost will be the sum of: (1) The allowable cost of the following...

40 CFR 35.2205 - Maximum allowable project cost.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 1 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Maximum allowable project cost. 35.2205... project cost. (a) Grants awarded on or after the effective date of this regulation. Except as provided in... regulation, the maximum allowable project cost will be the sum of: (1) The allowable cost of the following...

40 CFR 35.2205 - Maximum allowable project cost.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 1 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Maximum allowable project cost. 35.2205... project cost. (a) Grants awarded on or after the effective date of this regulation. Except as provided in... regulation, the maximum allowable project cost will be the sum of: (1) The allowable cost of the following...

40 CFR 35.2205 - Maximum allowable project cost.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 1 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Maximum allowable project cost. 35.2205... project cost. (a) Grants awarded on or after the effective date of this regulation. Except as provided in... regulation, the maximum allowable project cost will be the sum of: (1) The allowable cost of the following...

The Pressurized Logistics Module: Providing Consumables and Resupply Logistics to the Lunar Surface for a Long-duration Manned Mission

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Carpenter, Amanda; Knight, Amanda

2008-01-01

In response to President Bush s 2004 Vision for Space Exploration initiative, NASA established an agency-wide Lunar Architecture Team (LAT) to develop the high-level requirements, assumptions, ground-rules and objectives for a manned mission to the moon. During Phase II of the evaluation, the Habitation Focus Element Group was directed to conceptually develop and design a Pressurized Logistics Module (PLM). The PLM task was delivered with one major requirement: to derive a system with minimal mass and cost, and a maximum, functional, internal volumetric area in order to provide the maximum amount of consumables, supportability and logistic re-supply for a crew of four to the Lunar surface with an overall integrated maximum weight of 5200kg. The PLM was derived from the Habitation Group s "mini-Hab" option. This concept required that the PLM have an aluminum-clad graphite epoxy external truss, utilized for increased mobility and stability, which would encompass a 2.7 meter diameter pressurized aluminum-lithium cylinder. Several trade studies and analyses were performed to determine the final length and orientation of the module, the number of systems required to maintain the PLM, and the number of hatches/mating mechanisms which would successfully and efficiently meet the requirements. Of the five specific configurations assessed, the PLM was determined to have a 3 meter by 3 meter by 5 meter external truss with a 2.7 meter diameter and 5 meter long horizontal, pressurized cylinder with one hatch/mating mechanism on one end cone. Two major assumptions aided in the formulation of the technical baseline: 1) the PLM should be sustainable for up to 18 months on the Lunar Lander without connection to its final destination, the Lunar Outpost, and 2) it must be self-sufficient to withstand a maximum eight hour transit from the Lander to the Outpost. Per these assumptions, eight major systems constitute the PLM: structures, passive mating, protection, power, thermal, avionics, life support and outfitting. Including a conservative 20% growth, the overall estimated tare weight for the PLM was determined to be 2181kg. The tare weight of the design allowed the available internal volume of the cylinder with a 0.20 meter high floor to transport the maximum of either 176 single Crew Transfer Bags (CTBs) or 3019kg.

Three-dimensional spiral CT during arterial portography: comparison of three rendering techniques.

PubMed

Heath, D G; Soyer, P A; Kuszyk, B S; Bliss, D F; Calhoun, P S; Bluemke, D A; Choti, M A; Fishman, E K

1995-07-01

The three most common techniques for three-dimensional reconstruction are surface rendering, maximum-intensity projection (MIP), and volume rendering. Surface-rendering algorithms model objects as collections of geometric primitives that are displayed with surface shading. The MIP algorithm renders an image by selecting the voxel with the maximum intensity signal along a line extended from the viewer's eye through the data volume. Volume-rendering algorithms sum the weighted contributions of all voxels along the line. Each technique has advantages and shortcomings that must be considered during selection of one for a specific clinical problem and during interpretation of the resulting images. With surface rendering, sharp-edged, clear three-dimensional reconstruction can be completed on modest computer systems; however, overlapping structures cannot be visualized and artifacts are a problem. MIP is computationally a fast technique, but it does not allow depiction of overlapping structures, and its images are three-dimensionally ambiguous unless depth cues are provided. Both surface rendering and MIP use less than 10% of the image data. In contrast, volume rendering uses nearly all of the data, allows demonstration of overlapping structures, and engenders few artifacts, but it requires substantially more computer power than the other techniques.

Does body mass index misclassify physically active young men.

PubMed

Grier, Tyson; Canham-Chervak, Michelle; Sharp, Marilyn; Jones, Bruce H

2015-01-01

The purpose of this analysis was to determine the accuracy of age and gender adjusted BMI as a measure of body fat (BF) in U.S. Army Soldiers. BMI was calculated through measured height and weight (kg/m(2)) and body composition was determined by dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA). Linear regression was used to determine a BF prediction equation and examine the correlation between %BF and BMI. The sensitivity and specificity of BMI compared to %BF as measured by DEXA was calculated. Soldiers (n = 110) were on average 23 years old, with a BMI of 26.4, and approximately 18% BF. The correlation between BMI and %BF (R = 0.86) was strong (p < 0.01). A sensitivity of 77% and specificity of 100% were calculated when using Army age adjusted BMI thresholds. The overall accuracy in determining if a Soldier met Army BMI standards and were within the maximum allowable BF or exceeded BMI standards and were over the maximum allowable BF was 83%. Using adjusted BMI thresholds in populations where physical fitness and training are requirements of the job provides better accuracy in identifying those who are overweight or obese due to high BF.

Phase transitions in a system of long rods on two-dimensional lattices by means of information theory

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Vogel, E. E.; Saravia, G.; Ramirez-Pastor, A. J.

2017-12-01

The orientational phase transitions that occur in the deposition of longitudinal polymers of length k (in terms of lattice units) are characterized by information theory techniques. We calculate the absolute value of an order parameter δ , which weights the relative orientations of the deposited rods, which varies between 0.0 (random orientation) and 1.0 (fully oriented in either of the two equivalent directions in an L ×L square lattice). A Monte Carlo (MC) algorithm is implemented to induce a dynamics allowing for accommodation of the rods for any given density or coverage θ (ratio of the occupied sites over all the sites in the lattice). The files storing δ (t ) (with time t measured in MC steps) are then treated by data recognizer wlzip based on data compressor techniques yielding the information content measured by a parameter η (θ ) . This allows us to recognize two maxima separated by a well-defined minimum for η (θ ) provided k ≥7 . The first maximum is associated with an isotropic-nematic (I -N ) phase transition occurring at intermediate density, while the second maximum is associated with some kind of nematic-isotropic transition at high coverage. In the cases of k <7 , the curves for η (θ ) are almost constant, presenting a very broad maximum which can hardly be associated with a phase transition. The study varies L and k , allowing for a basic scaling of the found critical densities towards the thermodynamic limit. These calculations confirm the tendency obtained by different methods in the case of the intermediate-density I -N phase transition, while this tendency is established here in the case of the high-density phase transition.

Exploiting the Maximum Entropy Principle to Increase Retrieval Effectiveness.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Cooper, William S.

1983-01-01

Presents information retrieval design approach in which queries of computer-based system consist of sets of terms, either unweighted or weighted with subjective term precision estimates, and retrieval outputs ranked by probability of usefulness estimated by "maximum entropy principle." Boolean and weighted request systems are discussed.…

Study & report to Congress : applicability of maximum axle weight limitations to over-the-road and public transit buses

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

2003-12-01

The Senate Report on the Fiscal Year (FY) 2002 U.S. Department of Transportation : (DOT) appropriations bill requested that the Department conduct a study and submit to : Congress a report on the applicability of Federal maximum weight limitations to...

41 CFR 302-7.2 - What is the maximum weight of HHG that may be transported or stored at Government expense?

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... STORAGE OF PROPERTY 7-TRANSPORTATION AND TEMPORARY STORAGE OF HOUSEHOLD GOODS AND PROFESSIONAL BOOKS, PAPERS, AND EQUIPMENT (PBP&E) General Rules § 302-7.2 What is the maximum weight of HHG that may be...

14 CFR 23.733 - Tires.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... approved for such tires) equal to the corresponding static ground reaction under the design maximum weight... rating approved for such tires) equal to the reaction obtained at the nose wheel, assuming the mass of... downward and 0.31 W forward (where W is the design maximum weight), with the reactions distributed to the...

14 CFR 23.733 - Tires.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... approved for such tires) equal to the corresponding static ground reaction under the design maximum weight... rating approved for such tires) equal to the reaction obtained at the nose wheel, assuming the mass of... downward and 0.31 W forward (where W is the design maximum weight), with the reactions distributed to the...

14 CFR 23.77 - Balked landing.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

... reciprocating engine-powered and single engine turbine powered airplane of more than 6,000 pounds maximum weight, and multiengine turbine engine-powered airplane of 6,000 pounds or less maximum weight in the normal... of movement of the power controls from minimum flight-idle position; (2) The landing gear extended...

14 CFR 23.77 - Balked landing.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

... reciprocating engine-powered and single engine turbine powered airplane of more than 6,000 pounds maximum weight, and multiengine turbine engine-powered airplane of 6,000 pounds or less maximum weight in the normal... of movement of the power controls from minimum flight-idle position; (2) The landing gear extended...

49 CFR 450.7 - Marking.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... APPROVAL OF CARGO CONTAINERS GENERAL General Provisions § 450.7 Marking. (a) On each container that construction begins on or after January 1, 1984, all maximum gross weight markings on the container must be consistent with the maximum gross weight information on the safety approval plate. (b) On each container that...

49 CFR 450.7 - Marking.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... APPROVAL OF CARGO CONTAINERS GENERAL General Provisions § 450.7 Marking. (a) On each container that construction begins on or after January 1, 1984, all maximum gross weight markings on the container must be consistent with the maximum gross weight information on the safety approval plate. (b) On each container that...

49 CFR 450.7 - Marking.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... APPROVAL OF CARGO CONTAINERS GENERAL General Provisions § 450.7 Marking. (a) On each container that construction begins on or after January 1, 1984, all maximum gross weight markings on the container must be consistent with the maximum gross weight information on the safety approval plate. (b) On each container that...

49 CFR 450.7 - Marking.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... APPROVAL OF CARGO CONTAINERS GENERAL General Provisions § 450.7 Marking. (a) On each container that construction begins on or after January 1, 1984, all maximum gross weight markings on the container must be consistent with the maximum gross weight information on the safety approval plate. (b) On each container that...

49 CFR 450.7 - Marking.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... APPROVAL OF CARGO CONTAINERS GENERAL General Provisions § 450.7 Marking. (a) On each container that construction begins on or after January 1, 1984, all maximum gross weight markings on the container must be consistent with the maximum gross weight information on the safety approval plate. (b) On each container that...

42 CFR 457.555 - Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted low-income children in families with income...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... maximum amount of $11.35 for services furnished in a hospital emergency room if those services are not... 42 Public Health 4 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted... Requirements: Enrollee Financial Responsibilities § 457.555 Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted...

Is hefting to perceive the affordance for throwing a smart perceptual mechanism?

PubMed

Zhu, Qin; Bingham, Geoffrey P

2008-08-01

G. P. Bingham, R. C. Schmidt, and L. D. Rosenblum (1989) found that, by hefting objects of different sizes and weights, people could choose the optimal weight in each size for throwing to a maximum distance. In Experiment 1, the authors replicated this result. G. P. Bingham et al. hypothesized that hefting is a smart mechanism that allows objects to be perceived in the context of throwing dynamics. This hypothesis entails 2 assumptions. First, hefting by hand is required for information about throwing by hand. The authors tested and confirmed this in Experiments 2 and 3. Second, optimal objects are determined by the dynamics of throwing. In Experiment 4, the authors tested this by measuring throwing release angles and using them with mean thrown distances from Experiment 1 and object sizes and weights to simulate projectile motion and recover release velocities. The results showed that only weight, not size, affects throwing. This failed to provide evidence supporting the particular smart mechanism hypothesis of G. P. Bingham et al. Because the affordance relation is determined in part by the dynamics of projectile motion, the results imply that the affordance is learned from knowledge of results of throwing.

Selective Effects of Training Against Weight and Inertia on Muscle Mechanical Properties.

PubMed

Djuric, Sasa; Cuk, Ivan; Sreckovic, Sreten; Mirkov, Dragan; Nedeljkovic, Aleksandar; Jaric, Slobodan

2016-10-01

To explore the effects of training against mechanically different types of loads on muscle force (F), velocity (V), and power (P) outputs. Subjects practiced maximum bench throws over 8 wk against a bar predominantly loaded by approximately constant external force (weight), weight plates (weight plus inertia), or weight plates whose weight was compensated by a constant external force pulling upward (inertia). Instead of a typically applied single trial performed against a selected load, the pretest and posttest consisted of the same task performed against 8 different loads ranging from 30% to 79% of the subject's maximum strength applied by adding weight plates to the bar. That provided a range of F and V data for subsequent modeling by linear F-V regression revealing the maximum F (F-intercept), V (V-intercept), and P (P = FV/4). Although all 3 training conditions resulted in increased P, the inertia type of the training load could be somewhat more effective than weight. An even more important finding was that the P increase could be almost exclusively based on a gain in F, V, or both when weight, inertia, or weight-plus-inertia training load were applied, respectively. The inertia training load is more effective than weight in increasing P and weight and inertia may be applied for selective gains in F and V, respectively, whereas the linear F-V model obtained from loaded trials could be used for discerning among muscle F, V, and P.

Towards development of nanofibrous large strain flexible strain sensors with programmable shape memory properties

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Khalili, N.; Asif, H.; Naguib, H. E.

2018-05-01

Electrospun polymeric fibers can be used as strain sensors due to their large surface to weight/volume ratio, high porosity and pore interconnectivity. Large strain flexible strain sensors are used in numerous applications including rehabilitation, health monitoring, and sports performance monitoring where large strain detection should be accommodated by the sensor. This has boosted the demand for a stretchable, flexible and highly sensitive sensor able to detect a wide range of mechanically induced deformations. Herein, a physically cross-linked polylactic acid (PLA) and thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU) blend is made into nanofiber networks via electrospinning. The PLA/TPU weight ratio is optimized to obtain a maximum attainable strain of 100% while maintaining its mechanical integrity. The TPU/PLA fibers also allowed for their thermally activated recovery due to shape memory properties of the substrate. This novel feature enhances the sensor’s performance as it is no longer limited by its plastic deformation. Using spray coating method, a homogeneous layer of single-walled carbon nanotube is deposited onto the as-spun fiber mat to induce electrical conductivity to the surface of the fibers. It is shown that stretching and bending the sensor result in a highly sensitive and linear response with a maximum gauge factor of 33.

The Use of 2 Conditioning Programs and the Fitness Characteristics of Police Academy Cadets.

PubMed

Cocke, Charles; Dawes, Jay; Orr, Robin Marc

2016-11-01

 Police academy training must physically prepare cadets for the rigors of their occupational tasks to prevent injury and allow them to adequately perform their duties.  To compare the effects of 2 physical training programs on multiple fitness measures in police cadets.  Cohort study.  Police training academy.  We collected data from 70 male (age = 27.4 ± 5.9 years, body weight = 85.4 ± 11.8 kg) and 20 female (age = 30.5 ± 5.8 years, body weight = 62.8 ± 11.0 kg) police cadets and analyzed data from 61 male cadets (age = 27.5 ± 5.5 years, body weight = 87.7 ± 13.2 kg).  Participants completed one of two 6-month training programs. The randomized training group (RTG; n = 50), comprising 4 separate and sequential groups (n = 13, n = 11, n = 13, n = 13), completed a randomized training program that incorporated various strength and endurance exercises chosen on the day of training. The periodized group (PG; n = 11) completed a periodized training program that alternated specific phases of training.  Anthropometric fitness measures were body weight, fat mass, and lean body mass. Muscular and metabolic fitness measures were 1-repetition maximum bench press, push-up and sit-up repetitions performed in 1 minute, vertical jump, 300-m sprint, and 2.4-km run.  The RTG demonstrated improvements in all outcome measures between pretraining and posttraining; however, the improvements varied among the 4 individual RTGs. Conversely, the PG displayed improvements in only 3 outcome measures (push-ups, sit-ups, and 300-m sprint) but approached the level of significance set for this study (P < .01) in body weight, fat mass, and 1-repetition maximum bench press.  Regardless of format, physical training programs can improve the fitness of tactical athletes. In general, physical fitness measures appeared to improve more in the RTG than in the PG. However, this observation varied among groups, and injury rates were not compared.

System concept for a moderate cost Large Deployable Reflector (LDR)

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Swanson, P. N.; Breckinridge, J. B.; Diner, A.; Freeland, R. E.; Irace, W. R.; Mcelroy, P. M.; Meinel, A. B.; Tolivar, A. F.

1986-01-01

A study was carried out at JPL during the first quarter of 1985 to develop a system concept for NASA's LDR. Major features of the concept are a four-mirror, two-stage optical system; a lightweight structural composite segmented primary reflector; and a deployable truss backup structure with integral thermal shield. The two-stage optics uses active figure control at the quaternary reflector located at the primary reflector exit pupil, allowing the large primary to be passive. The lightweight composite reflector panels limit the short-wavelength operation to approximately 30 microns but reduce the total primary reflector weight by a factor of 3 to 4 over competing technologies. On-orbit thermal analysis indicates a primary reflector equilibrium temperature of less than 200 K with a maximum gradient of about 5 C across the 20-m aperture. Weight and volume estimates are consistent with a single Shuttle launch, and are based on Space Station assembly and checkout.

Weight compensation characteristics of Armeo®Spring exoskeleton: implications for clinical practice and research.

PubMed

Perry, Bonnie E; Evans, Emily K; Stokic, Dobrivoje S

2017-02-17

Armeo®Spring exoskeleton is widely used for upper extremity rehabilitation; however, weight compensation provided by the device appears insufficiently characterized to fully utilize it in clinical and research settings. Weight compensation was quantified by measuring static force in the sagittal plane with a load cell attached to the elbow joint of Armeo®Spring. All upper spring settings were examined in 5° increments at the minimum, maximum, and two intermediate upper and lower module length settings, while keeping the lower spring at minimum. The same measurements were made for minimum upper spring setting and maximum lower spring setting at minimum and maximum module lengths. Weight compensation was plotted against upper module angles, and slope was analyzed for each condition. The Armeo®Spring design prompted defining the slack angle and exoskeleton balance angle, which, depending on spring and length settings, divide the operating range into different unloading and loading regions. Higher spring tensions and shorter module lengths provided greater unloading (≤6.32 kg of support). Weight compensation slope decreased faster with shorter length settings (minimum length = -0.082 ± 0.002 kg/°; maximum length = -0.046 ± 0.001 kg/°) independent of spring settings. Understanding the impact of different settings on the Armeo®Spring weight compensation should help define best clinical practice and improve fidelity of research.

14 CFR 23.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The time limit for... maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); and (4) The maximum allowable cylinder head, oil... reciprocating engines), or fuel designation (for turbine engines), must be established so that it is not less...

14 CFR 23.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

... reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The time limit for... maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); and (4) The maximum allowable cylinder head, oil... reciprocating engines), or fuel designation (for turbine engines), must be established so that it is not less...

14 CFR 23.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

... reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The time limit for... maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); and (4) The maximum allowable cylinder head, oil... reciprocating engines), or fuel designation (for turbine engines), must be established so that it is not less...

14 CFR 23.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The time limit for... maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); and (4) The maximum allowable cylinder head, oil... reciprocating engines), or fuel designation (for turbine engines), must be established so that it is not less...

14 CFR 23.1521 - Powerplant limitations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

... reciprocating engines); (3) The maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); (4) The time limit for... maximum allowable gas temperature (for turbine engines); and (4) The maximum allowable cylinder head, oil... reciprocating engines), or fuel designation (for turbine engines), must be established so that it is not less...

Alternative Fuels Data Center

Science.gov Websites

gross vehicle weight limits by a weight equal to the difference between the average weight of the diesel tank and fueling system. The NGV maximum gross weight may not exceed 82,000 pounds. (Reference

Alternative Fuels Data Center

Science.gov Websites

the state's gross vehicle weight limits by a weight equal to the difference between the weight of the tank and fueling system. The NGV maximum gross weight may not exceed 82,000 pounds. (Reference Senate

The Effects of 24 weeks of Resistance Training with Simultaneous Elastic and Free Weight Loading on Muscular Performance of Novice Lifters.

PubMed

Shoepe, Todd C; Ramirez, David A; Rovetti, Robert J; Kohler, David R; Almstedt, Hawley C

2011-09-01

The purpose of this investigation was to assess the effectiveness of variable resistance as provided through elastic plus free weight techniques in college aged males and females. Twenty novice lifters were randomly assigned to a traditional free weight only (6 males and 5 females) or elastic band plus free weight group (5 males and 5 females) and 9 more normally active controls (5 males and 4 females), were recruited to maintain normal activity for the duration of the study. No differences existed between control, free weight and elastic band at baseline for age, body height, body mass, body mass index, and body fat percentage. One-repetition maximums were performed for squat and bench press while both strength and power were assessed using isokinetic dynamometry. Elastic groups and free-weight groups completed 24 weeks of whole body, periodized, high intensity resistance (65-95% of one-repetition maximum) training three times/week. Training programs were identical except that the elastic group trained the barbell squat, bench press and stiff-legged deadlift with 20-35% of their total prescribed training loads coming from band resistance (assessed at the top of the range of motion) with the remainder from free weight resistance. A mixed-model analysis revealed that peak torque, average power and one-repetition maximums for squat were significantly greater after training for the elastic group compared to the control (p<0.05). In addition, the free weight group also showed significantly greater improvements over the control in peak torque and one-repetition maximums for squat and bench press. No significant differences were observed between the elastic band and free weight groups. Combined variable elastic band plus free weight exercises are effective at increasing strength and power similar to free-weights alone in novice college aged males and females. However, due to complexity in set-up and load assignment elastic adoption by novice lifters in an unsupervised situation is not advised.

Equivalent charge source model based iterative maximum neighbor weight for sparse EEG source localization.

PubMed

Xu, Peng; Tian, Yin; Lei, Xu; Hu, Xiao; Yao, Dezhong

2008-12-01

How to localize the neural electric activities within brain effectively and precisely from the scalp electroencephalogram (EEG) recordings is a critical issue for current study in clinical neurology and cognitive neuroscience. In this paper, based on the charge source model and the iterative re-weighted strategy, proposed is a new maximum neighbor weight based iterative sparse source imaging method, termed as CMOSS (Charge source model based Maximum neighbOr weight Sparse Solution). Different from the weight used in focal underdetermined system solver (FOCUSS) where the weight for each point in the discrete solution space is independently updated in iterations, the new designed weight for each point in each iteration is determined by the source solution of the last iteration at both the point and its neighbors. Using such a new weight, the next iteration may have a bigger chance to rectify the local source location bias existed in the previous iteration solution. The simulation studies with comparison to FOCUSS and LORETA for various source configurations were conducted on a realistic 3-shell head model, and the results confirmed the validation of CMOSS for sparse EEG source localization. Finally, CMOSS was applied to localize sources elicited in a visual stimuli experiment, and the result was consistent with those source areas involved in visual processing reported in previous studies.

49 CFR 192.619 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... plastic pipelines. 192.619 Section 192.619 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation... Operations § 192.619 Maximum allowable operating pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines. (a) No person may operate a segment of steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that exceeds a maximum allowable operating...

Optimization of composite sandwich cover panels subjected to compressive loadings

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Cruz, Juan R.

1991-01-01

An analysis and design method is presented for the design of composite sandwich cover panels that include the transverse shear effects and damage tolerance considerations. This method is incorporated into a sandwich optimization computer program entitled SANDOP. As a demonstration of its capabilities, SANDOP is used in the present study to design optimized composite sandwich cover panels for for transport aircraft wing applications. The results of this design study indicate that optimized composite sandwich cover panels have approximately the same structural efficiency as stiffened composite cover panels designed to satisfy individual constraints. The results also indicate that inplane stiffness requirements have a large effect on the weight of these composite sandwich cover panels at higher load levels. Increasing the maximum allowable strain and the upper percentage limit of the 0 degree and +/- 45 degree plies can yield significant weight savings. The results show that the structural efficiency of these optimized composite sandwich cover panels is relatively insensitive to changes in core density. Thus, core density should be chosen by criteria other than minimum weight (e.g., damage tolerance, ease of manufacture, etc.).

Intake of essential minerals and metals via consumption of seafood from the Mediterranean Sea.

PubMed

Storelli, M M

2009-05-01

Edible marine species (fish and cephalopod molluscs) from the Mediterranean Sea were analyzed for their metal content (Hg, Cd, Pb, Cr, Cu, Zn, and Ni). Human health risks posed by these elements via dietary intake of seafood were assessed based on the provisional tolerable weekly intake, reference dose, and recommended dietary allowances. Metal concentrations varied widely among the different organisms, indicating species-specific accumulation. On a wet weight basis, the maximum concentrations of Hg were found in fish (1.56 microg g(-1)), and the maximum concentrations of cadmium were found in cephalopod molluscs (0.82 microg g(-1)), whereas for Pb the concentrations were generally low (fish, 0.01 to 1.18 microg g(-1); cephalopod molluscs, 0.03 to 0.09 microg g(-1)). For the essential metals, cephalopods had higher concentrations (Cr, 0.40 microg g(-1); Zn, 33.03 microg g(-1); Cu, 23.77 microg g(-1); Ni, 2.12 microg g(-1)) than did fish (Cr, 0.17 microg g(-1); Zn, 8.43 microg g(-1); Cu, 1.35 microg g(-1); Ni, 1.13 microg g(-1)). The estimated weekly intake of Cd and Pb indicated increased health risks through the consumption of various seafoods. Conversely, a health risk was ascribed to the intake of Hg from consumption of certain fish, such as albacore (10.92 microg kg(-1) body weight) and thornback ray (5.25 microg kg(-1) body weight). Concerning the essential metals, cephalopod mollusc consumption made an important contribution to daily dietary intake of Cu, Zn, and Ni.

Relationship between the number of repetitions and selected percentages of one repetition maximum in free weight exercises in trained and untrained men.

PubMed

Shimano, Tomoko; Kraemer, William J; Spiering, Barry A; Volek, Jeff S; Hatfield, Disa L; Silvestre, Ricardo; Vingren, Jakob L; Fragala, Maren S; Maresh, Carl M; Fleck, Steven J; Newton, Robert U; Spreuwenberg, Luuk P B; Häkkinen, Keijo

2006-11-01

Resistance exercise intensity is commonly prescribed as a percent of 1 repetition maximum (1RM). However, the relationship between percent 1RM and the number of repetitions allowed remains poorly studied, especially using free weight exercises. The purpose of this study was to determine the maximal number of repetitions that trained (T) and untrained (UT) men can perform during free weight exercises at various percentages of 1RM. Eight T and 8 UT men were tested for 1RM strength. Then, subjects performed 1 set to failure at 60, 80, and 90% of 1RM in the back squat, bench press, and arm curl in a randomized, balanced design. There was a significant (p < 0.05) intensity x exercise interaction. More repetitions were performed during the back squat than the bench press or arm curl at 60% 1RM for T and UT. At 80 and 90% 1RM, there were significant differences between the back squat and other exercises; however, differences were much less pronounced. No differences in number of repetitions performed at a given exercise intensity were noted between T and UT (except during bench press at 90% 1RM). In conclusion, the number of repetitions performed at a given percent of 1RM is influenced by the amount of muscle mass used during the exercise, as more repetitions can be performed during the back squat than either the bench press or arm curl. Training status of the individual has a minimal impact on the number of repetitions performed at relative exercise intensity.

46 CFR 52.01-55 - Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. 52.01-55 Section 52.01-55 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING POWER BOILERS General Requirements § 52.01-55 Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. (a) When...

46 CFR 52.01-55 - Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. 52.01-55 Section 52.01-55 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING POWER BOILERS General Requirements § 52.01-55 Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. (a) When...

46 CFR 52.01-55 - Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. 52.01-55 Section 52.01-55 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING POWER BOILERS General Requirements § 52.01-55 Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. (a) When...

46 CFR 52.01-55 - Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. 52.01-55 Section 52.01-55 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING POWER BOILERS General Requirements § 52.01-55 Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. (a) When...

46 CFR 52.01-55 - Increase in maximum allowable working pressure.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 46 Shipping 2 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. 52.01-55 Section 52.01-55 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) MARINE ENGINEERING POWER BOILERS General Requirements § 52.01-55 Increase in maximum allowable working pressure. (a) When...

49 CFR 174.86 - Maximum allowable operating speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 49 Transportation 2 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum allowable operating speed. 174.86 Section... operating speed. (a) For molten metals and molten glass shipped in packagings other than those prescribed in § 173.247 of this subchapter, the maximum allowable operating speed may not exceed 24 km/hour (15 mph...

49 CFR 174.86 - Maximum allowable operating speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 49 Transportation 2 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Maximum allowable operating speed. 174.86 Section... operating speed. (a) For molten metals and molten glass shipped in packagings other than those prescribed in § 173.247 of this subchapter, the maximum allowable operating speed may not exceed 24 km/hour (15 mph...

42 CFR 84.97 - Test for carbon dioxide in inspired gas; open- and closed-circuit apparatus; maximum allowable...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... closed-circuit apparatus; maximum allowable limits. 84.97 Section 84.97 Public Health PUBLIC HEALTH... ACTIVITIES APPROVAL OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE DEVICES Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus § 84.97 Test for carbon dioxide in inspired gas; open- and closed-circuit apparatus; maximum allowable limits. (a) Open...

42 CFR 84.97 - Test for carbon dioxide in inspired gas; open- and closed-circuit apparatus; maximum allowable...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... closed-circuit apparatus; maximum allowable limits. 84.97 Section 84.97 Public Health PUBLIC HEALTH... ACTIVITIES APPROVAL OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE DEVICES Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus § 84.97 Test for carbon dioxide in inspired gas; open- and closed-circuit apparatus; maximum allowable limits. (a) Open...

Weighted Maximum-a-Posteriori Estimation in Tests Composed of Dichotomous and Polytomous Items

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Sun, Shan-Shan; Tao, Jian; Chang, Hua-Hua; Shi, Ning-Zhong

2012-01-01

For mixed-type tests composed of dichotomous and polytomous items, polytomous items often yield more information than dichotomous items. To reflect the difference between the two types of items and to improve the precision of ability estimation, an adaptive weighted maximum-a-posteriori (WMAP) estimation is proposed. To evaluate the performance of…

Applying a Weighted Maximum Likelihood Latent Trait Estimator to the Generalized Partial Credit Model

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Penfield, Randall D.; Bergeron, Jennifer M.

2005-01-01

This article applies a weighted maximum likelihood (WML) latent trait estimator to the generalized partial credit model (GPCM). The relevant equations required to obtain the WML estimator using the Newton-Raphson algorithm are presented, and a simulation study is described that compared the properties of the WML estimator to those of the maximum…

Optimization of fixed-range trajectories for supersonic transport aircraft

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Windhorst, Robert Dennis

1999-11-01

This thesis develops near-optimal guidance laws that generate minimum fuel, time, or direct operating cost fixed-range trajectories for supersonic transport aircraft. The approach uses singular perturbation techniques to time-scale de-couple the equations of motion into three sets of dynamics, two of which are analyzed in the main body of this thesis and one of which is analyzed in the Appendix. The two-point-boundary-value-problems obtained by application of the maximum principle to the dynamic systems are solved using the method of matched asymptotic expansions. Finally, the two solutions are combined using the matching principle and an additive composition rule to form a uniformly valid approximation of the full fixed-range trajectory. The approach is used on two different time-scale formulations. The first holds weight constant, and the second allows weight and range dynamics to propagate on the same time-scale. Solutions for the first formulation are only carried out to zero order in the small parameter, while solutions for the second formulation are carried out to first order. Calculations for a HSCT design were made to illustrate the method. Results show that the minimum fuel trajectory consists of three segments: a minimum fuel energy-climb, a cruise-climb, and a minimum drag glide. The minimum time trajectory also has three segments: a maximum dynamic pressure ascent, a constant altitude cruise, and a maximum dynamic pressure glide. The minimum direct operating cost trajectory is an optimal combination of the two. For realistic costs of fuel and flight time, the minimum direct operating cost trajectory is very similar to the minimum fuel trajectory. Moreover, the HSCT has three local optimum cruise speeds, with the globally optimum cruise point at the highest allowable speed, if range is sufficiently long. The final range of the trajectory determines which locally optimal speed is best. Ranges of 500 to 6,000 nautical miles, subsonic and supersonic mixed flight, and varying fuel efficiency cases are analyzed. Finally, the payload-range curve of the HSCT design is determined.

Does the sensorimotor system minimize prediction error or select the most likely prediction during object lifting?

PubMed Central

McGregor, Heather R.; Pun, Henry C. H.; Buckingham, Gavin; Gribble, Paul L.

2016-01-01

The human sensorimotor system is routinely capable of making accurate predictions about an object's weight, which allows for energetically efficient lifts and prevents objects from being dropped. Often, however, poor predictions arise when the weight of an object can vary and sensory cues about object weight are sparse (e.g., picking up an opaque water bottle). The question arises, what strategies does the sensorimotor system use to make weight predictions when one is dealing with an object whose weight may vary? For example, does the sensorimotor system use a strategy that minimizes prediction error (minimal squared error) or one that selects the weight that is most likely to be correct (maximum a posteriori)? In this study we dissociated the predictions of these two strategies by having participants lift an object whose weight varied according to a skewed probability distribution. We found, using a small range of weight uncertainty, that four indexes of sensorimotor prediction (grip force rate, grip force, load force rate, and load force) were consistent with a feedforward strategy that minimizes the square of prediction errors. These findings match research in the visuomotor system, suggesting parallels in underlying processes. We interpret our findings within a Bayesian framework and discuss the potential benefits of using a minimal squared error strategy. NEW & NOTEWORTHY Using a novel experimental model of object lifting, we tested whether the sensorimotor system models the weight of objects by minimizing lifting errors or by selecting the statistically most likely weight. We found that the sensorimotor system minimizes the square of prediction errors for object lifting. This parallels the results of studies that investigated visually guided reaching, suggesting an overlap in the underlying mechanisms between tasks that involve different sensory systems. PMID:27760821

Alternative Fuels Data Center

Science.gov Websites

Natural Gas Vehicle (NGV) Weight Exemption A NGV may exceed the state's gross vehicle weight limits maximum gross weight may not exceed 82,000 pounds. (Reference Senate Bill 3616, 2018)

Temperature and molecular-weight dependences of acoustic behaviors of polystyrene studied using Brillouin spectroscopy

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Oh, Soo Han; Lee, Byoung Wan; Ko, Jae-Hyeon; Lee, Hyeonju; Park, Jaehoon; Ko, Young Ho; Kim, Kwang Joo

2017-04-01

The acoustic properties of three polystyrene polymers with different molecular weights were investigated as a function of temperature by using Brillouin light scattering. The longitudinal sound velocity showed a change in the slope, which depended on the molecular weight, at the glass transition temperature. The absorption coefficient exhibited a maximum above the glass transition temperature, and the maximum temperature became higher as the molecular weight was increased. Comparison with previous acoustic studies on polystyrene indicate that a substantial frequency dispersion caused by strong coupling between the longitudinal acoustic waves and the segmental motions exists in the high-temperature range.

Stress analysis on passenger deck due to modification from passenger ship to vehicle-carrying ship

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Zubaydi, A.; Sujiatanti, S. H.; Hariyanto, T. R.

2018-03-01

Stress is a basic concept in learning about material mechanism. The main focus that needs to be brought to attention in analyzing stress is strength, which is the structural capacity to carry or distribute loads. The structural capacity not only measured by comparing the maximum stress with the material’s yield strength but also with the permissible stress required by the Indonesian Classification Bureau (BKI), which certainly makes it much safer. This final project analyzes stress in passenger deck that experiences modification due to load changes, from passenger load to vehicle one, carrying: 6-wheels truck with maximum weight of 14 tons, a passenger car with maximum weight of 3.5 tons, and a motorcycle with maximum weight of 0.4 tons. The deck structure is modelled using finite element software. The boundary conditions given to the structural model are fix and simple constraint. The load that works on this deck is the deck load which comes from the vehicles on deck with three vehicles’ arrangement plans. After that, software modelling is conducted for analysis purpose. Analysis result shows a variation of maximum stress that occurs i.e. 135 N/mm2, 133 N/mm2, and 152 N/mm2. Those maximum stresses will not affect the structure of passenger deck’s because the maximum stress that occurs indicates smaller value compared to the Indonesian Classification Bureau’s permissible stress (175 N/mm2) as well as the material’s yield strength (235 N/mm2). Thus, the structural strength of passenger deck is shown to be capable of carrying the weight of vehicles in accordance with the three vehicles’ arrangement plans.

Lod scores for gene mapping in the presence of marker map uncertainty.

PubMed

Stringham, H M; Boehnke, M

2001-07-01

Multipoint lod scores are typically calculated for a grid of locus positions, moving the putative disease locus across a fixed map of genetic markers. Changing the order of a set of markers and/or the distances between the markers can make a substantial difference in the resulting lod score curve and the location and height of its maximum. The typical approach of using the best maximum likelihood marker map is not easily justified if other marker orders are nearly as likely and give substantially different lod score curves. To deal with this problem, we propose three weighted multipoint lod score statistics that make use of information from all plausible marker orders. In each of these statistics, the information conditional on a particular marker order is included in a weighted sum, with weight equal to the posterior probability of that order. We evaluate the type 1 error rate and power of these three statistics on the basis of results from simulated data, and compare these results to those obtained using the best maximum likelihood map and the map with the true marker order. We find that the lod score based on a weighted sum of maximum likelihoods improves on using only the best maximum likelihood map, having a type 1 error rate and power closest to that of using the true marker order in the simulation scenarios we considered. Copyright 2001 Wiley-Liss, Inc.

[Telemetry in the clinical setting].

PubMed

Hilbel, Thomas; Helms, Thomas M; Mikus, Gerd; Katus, Hugo A; Zugck, Christian

2008-09-01

Telemetric cardiac monitoring was invented in 1949 by Norman J Holter. Its clinical use started in the early 1960s. In the hospital, biotelemetry allows early mobilization of patients with cardiovascular risk and addresses the need for arrhythmia or oxygen saturation monitoring. Nowadays telemetry either uses vendor-specific UHF band broadcasting or the digital ISM band (Industrial, Scientific, and Medical Band) standardized Wi-Fi network technology. Modern telemetry radio transmitters can measure and send multiple physiological parameters like multi-channel ECG, NIPB and oxygen saturation. The continuous measurement of oxygen saturation is mandatory for the remote monitoring of patients with cardiac pacemakers. Real 12-lead ECG systems with diagnostic quality are an advantage for monitoring patients with chest pain syndromes or in drug testing wards. Modern systems are light-weight and deliver a maximum of carrying comfort due to optimized cable design. Important for the system selection is a sophisticated detection algorithm with a maximum reduction of artifacts. Home-monitoring of implantable cardiac devices with telemetric functionalities are becoming popular because it allows remote diagnosis of proper device functionality and also optimization of the device settings. Continuous real-time monitoring at home for patients with chronic disease may be possible in the future using Digital Video Broadcasting Terrestrial (DVB-T) technology in Europe, but is currently not yet available.

Modification of near-wall coherent structures in polymer drag reduced flow: simulation

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Dubief, Yves; White, Christopher; Shaqfeh, Eric; Moin, Parviz; Lele, Sanjiva

2002-11-01

Polymer drag reduced flows are investigated through direct numerical simulations of viscoelastic flows. The solver for the viscoelastic model (FENE-P) is based on higher-order finite difference schemes and a novel implicit time integration method. Its robustness allows the simulation of all drag reduction (DR) regimes from the onset to the maximum drag reduction (MDR). It also permits the use of realistic polymer length and concentration. The maximum polymer extension in our simulation matches that of a polystyrene molecule of 10^6 molecular weight. Two distinct regimes of polymer drag reduced flows are observed: at low drag reduction (LDR, DR< 40-50%), the near-wall structure is essentially similar to Newtonian wall turbulence whereas the high drag reduction regime (HDR, DR from 40-50% to MDR) shows significant differences in the organization of the coherent structures. The 3D information provided by numerical simulations allows the determination of the interaction of polymers and near-wall coherent structures. To isolate the contribution of polymers in the viscous sublayer, the buffer and the outer region of the flow, numerical experiments are performed where the polymer concentration is varied in the wall-normal direction. Finally a mechanism of polymer drag reduction derived from our results and PIV measurements is discussed.

Measuring the Strength of the Horned Passalus Beetle, Odontotaenius disjunctus: Revisiting an Old Topic with Modern Technology

PubMed Central

Davis, Andrew K.; Attarha, Barrett; Piefke, Taylor J.

2013-01-01

Over a century ago, a pioneering researcher cleverly devised a means to measure how much weight the horned passalus beetle, Odontotaenius disjunctus (Illiger) (Coleoptera: Passalidae), could pull using a series of springs, pulleys, and careful observation. The technology available in modern times now allows for more rigorous data collection on this topic, which could have a number of uses in scientific investigations. In this study, an apparatus was constructed using a dynamometer and a data logger in an effort to ascertain the pulling strength of this species. By allowing beetles to pull for 10 min, each beetle's mean and maximum pulling force (in Newtons) were obtained for analyses, and whether these measures are related was determined. Then, whether factors such as body length, thorax size, horn size, or gender affect either measure of strength was investigated. Basic body measurements, including horn size, of males versus females were compared. The measurements of 38 beetles (20 females, 18 males) showed there was no difference in overall body length between sexes, but females had greater girth (thorax width) than males, which could translate into larger muscle mass. A total of 21 beetles (10 females, 11 males) were tested for pulling strength. The grand mean pulling force was 0.14 N, and the grand mean maximum was 0.78 N. Despite the fact that beetles tended to pull at 20% of their maximum capacity most of the time, and that maximum force was over 5 times larger than the mean force, the 2 measures were highly correlated, suggesting they may be interchangeable for research purposes. Females had twice the pulling strength (both maximum and mean force) as males in this species overall, but when the larger thorax size of females was considered, the effect of gender was not significant. Beetle length was not a significant predictor of pulling force, but horn size was associated with maximum force. The best predictor of both measures of strength appeared to be thorax size. There are a multitude of interesting scientific questions that could be addressed using data on beetle pulling strength, and this project serves as a starting point for such work. PMID:24735074

Population pharmacokinetics and maximum a posteriori probability Bayesian estimator of abacavir: application of individualized therapy in HIV-infected infants and toddlers.

PubMed

Zhao, Wei; Cella, Massimo; Della Pasqua, Oscar; Burger, David; Jacqz-Aigrain, Evelyne

2012-04-01

Abacavir is used to treat HIV infection in both adults and children. The recommended paediatric dose is 8 mg kg(-1) twice daily up to a maximum of 300 mg twice daily. Weight was identified as the central covariate influencing pharmacokinetics of abacavir in children. A population pharmacokinetic model was developed to describe both once and twice daily pharmacokinetic profiles of abacavir in infants and toddlers. Standard dosage regimen is associated with large interindividual variability in abacavir concentrations. A maximum a posteriori probability Bayesian estimator of AUC(0-) (t) based on three time points (0, 1 or 2, and 3 h) is proposed to support area under the concentration-time curve (AUC) targeted individualized therapy in infants and toddlers. To develop a population pharmacokinetic model for abacavir in HIV-infected infants and toddlers, which will be used to describe both once and twice daily pharmacokinetic profiles, identify covariates that explain variability and propose optimal time points to optimize the area under the concentration-time curve (AUC) targeted dosage and individualize therapy. The pharmacokinetics of abacavir was described with plasma concentrations from 23 patients using nonlinear mixed-effects modelling (NONMEM) software. A two-compartment model with first-order absorption and elimination was developed. The final model was validated using bootstrap, visual predictive check and normalized prediction distribution errors. The Bayesian estimator was validated using the cross-validation and simulation-estimation method. The typical population pharmacokinetic parameters and relative standard errors (RSE) were apparent systemic clearance (CL) 13.4 () h−1 (RSE 6.3%), apparent central volume of distribution 4.94 () (RSE 28.7%), apparent peripheral volume of distribution 8.12 () (RSE14.2%), apparent intercompartment clearance 1.25 () h−1 (RSE 16.9%) and absorption rate constant 0.758 h−1 (RSE 5.8%). The covariate analysis identified weight as the individual factor influencing the apparent oral clearance: CL = 13.4 × (weight/12)1.14. The maximum a posteriori probability Bayesian estimator, based on three concentrations measured at 0, 1 or 2, and 3 h after drug intake allowed predicting individual AUC0–t. The population pharmacokinetic model developed for abacavir in HIV-infected infants and toddlers accurately described both once and twice daily pharmacokinetic profiles. The maximum a posteriori probability Bayesian estimator of AUC(0-) (t) was developed from the final model and can be used routinely to optimize individual dosing. © 2011 The Authors. British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology © 2011 The British Pharmacological Society.

Are Subject-Specific Musculoskeletal Models Robust to the Uncertainties in Parameter Identification?

PubMed Central

Valente, Giordano; Pitto, Lorenzo; Testi, Debora; Seth, Ajay; Delp, Scott L.; Stagni, Rita; Viceconti, Marco; Taddei, Fulvia

2014-01-01

Subject-specific musculoskeletal modeling can be applied to study musculoskeletal disorders, allowing inclusion of personalized anatomy and properties. Independent of the tools used for model creation, there are unavoidable uncertainties associated with parameter identification, whose effect on model predictions is still not fully understood. The aim of the present study was to analyze the sensitivity of subject-specific model predictions (i.e., joint angles, joint moments, muscle and joint contact forces) during walking to the uncertainties in the identification of body landmark positions, maximum muscle tension and musculotendon geometry. To this aim, we created an MRI-based musculoskeletal model of the lower limbs, defined as a 7-segment, 10-degree-of-freedom articulated linkage, actuated by 84 musculotendon units. We then performed a Monte-Carlo probabilistic analysis perturbing model parameters according to their uncertainty, and solving a typical inverse dynamics and static optimization problem using 500 models that included the different sets of perturbed variable values. Model creation and gait simulations were performed by using freely available software that we developed to standardize the process of model creation, integrate with OpenSim and create probabilistic simulations of movement. The uncertainties in input variables had a moderate effect on model predictions, as muscle and joint contact forces showed maximum standard deviation of 0.3 times body-weight and maximum range of 2.1 times body-weight. In addition, the output variables significantly correlated with few input variables (up to 7 out of 312) across the gait cycle, including the geometry definition of larger muscles and the maximum muscle tension in limited gait portions. Although we found subject-specific models not markedly sensitive to parameter identification, researchers should be aware of the model precision in relation to the intended application. In fact, force predictions could be affected by an uncertainty in the same order of magnitude of its value, although this condition has low probability to occur. PMID:25390896

Uptake of Cadmium, Lead and Arsenic by Tenebrio molitor and Hermetia illucens from Contaminated Substrates.

PubMed

van der Fels-Klerx, H J; Camenzuli, L; van der Lee, M K; Oonincx, D G A B

2016-01-01

Insects have potential as a novel source of protein in feed and food production in Europe, provided they can be used safely. To date, limited information is available on the safety of insects, and toxic elements are one of the potential hazards of concern. Therefore, we aimed to investigate the potential accumulation of cadmium, lead and arsenic in larvae of two insect species, Tenebrio molitor (yellow mealworm) and Hermetia illucens (black soldier fly), which seem to hold potential as a source of food or feed. An experiment was designed with 14 treatments, each in triplicate, per insect species. Twelve treatments used feed that was spiked with cadmium, lead or arsenic at 0.5, 1 and 2 times the respective maximum allowable levels (ML) in complete feed, as established by the European Commission (EC). Two of the 14 treatments consisted of controls, using non-spiked feed. All insects per container (replicate) were harvested when the first larva in that container had completed its larval stage. Development time, survival rates and fresh weights were similar over all treatments, except for development time and total live weight of the half of the maximum limit treatment for cadmium of the black soldier fly. Bioaccumulation (bioaccumulation factor > 1) was seen in all treatments (including two controls) for lead and cadmium in black soldier fly larvae, and for the three arsenic treatments in the yellow mealworm larvae. In the three cadmium treatments, concentrations of cadmium in black soldier fly larvae are higher than the current EC maximum limit for feed materials. The same was seen for the 1.0 and 2.0 ML treatments of arsenic in the yellow mealworm larvae. From this study, it can be concluded that if insects are used as feed materials, the maximum limits of these elements in complete feed should be revised per insect species.

Uptake of Cadmium, Lead and Arsenic by Tenebrio molitor and Hermetia illucens from Contaminated Substrates

PubMed Central

van der Fels-Klerx, H. J.; Camenzuli, L.; van der Lee, M. K.; Oonincx, D. G. A. B.

2016-01-01

Insects have potential as a novel source of protein in feed and food production in Europe, provided they can be used safely. To date, limited information is available on the safety of insects, and toxic elements are one of the potential hazards of concern. Therefore, we aimed to investigate the potential accumulation of cadmium, lead and arsenic in larvae of two insect species, Tenebrio molitor (yellow mealworm) and Hermetia illucens (black soldier fly), which seem to hold potential as a source of food or feed. An experiment was designed with 14 treatments, each in triplicate, per insect species. Twelve treatments used feed that was spiked with cadmium, lead or arsenic at 0.5, 1 and 2 times the respective maximum allowable levels (ML) in complete feed, as established by the European Commission (EC). Two of the 14 treatments consisted of controls, using non-spiked feed. All insects per container (replicate) were harvested when the first larva in that container had completed its larval stage. Development time, survival rates and fresh weights were similar over all treatments, except for development time and total live weight of the half of the maximum limit treatment for cadmium of the black soldier fly. Bioaccumulation (bioaccumulation factor > 1) was seen in all treatments (including two controls) for lead and cadmium in black soldier fly larvae, and for the three arsenic treatments in the yellow mealworm larvae. In the three cadmium treatments, concentrations of cadmium in black soldier fly larvae are higher than the current EC maximum limit for feed materials. The same was seen for the 1.0 and 2.0 ML treatments of arsenic in the yellow mealworm larvae. From this study, it can be concluded that if insects are used as feed materials, the maximum limits of these elements in complete feed should be revised per insect species. PMID:27846238

Alternatives to Weight Tolerance Permits

DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

2000-10-01

A complex web of government regulations in the United States establishes maximum weights for vehicles on public roads. The primary purpose is to ensure compatibility of roadway design and operations with vehicle weight and dimensions. Of particular c...

Modelling information flow along the human connectome using maximum flow.

PubMed

Lyoo, Youngwook; Kim, Jieun E; Yoon, Sujung

2018-01-01

The human connectome is a complex network that transmits information between interlinked brain regions. Using graph theory, previously well-known network measures of integration between brain regions have been constructed under the key assumption that information flows strictly along the shortest paths possible between two nodes. However, it is now apparent that information does flow through non-shortest paths in many real-world networks such as cellular networks, social networks, and the internet. In the current hypothesis, we present a novel framework using the maximum flow to quantify information flow along all possible paths within the brain, so as to implement an analogy to network traffic. We hypothesize that the connection strengths of brain networks represent a limit on the amount of information that can flow through the connections per unit of time. This allows us to compute the maximum amount of information flow between two brain regions along all possible paths. Using this novel framework of maximum flow, previous network topological measures are expanded to account for information flow through non-shortest paths. The most important advantage of the current approach using maximum flow is that it can integrate the weighted connectivity data in a way that better reflects the real information flow of the brain network. The current framework and its concept regarding maximum flow provides insight on how network structure shapes information flow in contrast to graph theory, and suggests future applications such as investigating structural and functional connectomes at a neuronal level. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

33 CFR 183.41 - Persons capacity: Outboard boats.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... § 183.35 for the boat minus the motor and control weight, battery weight (dry), and full portable fuel... control weight, battery weight, and full portable fuel tank weight, if any, shown in table 4 of subpart H of this part for the maximum horsepower capacity marked on the boat. Permanently installed fuel tanks...

Effects of sire and dam on late-pregnancy conceptus and hormone traits in beef cattle.

PubMed

Bellows, R A; Staigmiller, R B; Orme, L E; Short, R E; Knapp, B W

1993-03-01

Forty-six primiparous F1 heifers produced from mating Brahman (B), Charolais (C), Jersey (J), Longhorn (L), or Shorthorn (S) sires to crossbred cows were bred by AI to one of two Angus sires selected to produce high (H) or moderate (M) fetal growth. Dams were slaughtered at an average of 231 d of gestation. Daily blood samples were obtained from the dam on d 228 to 231 to determine serum estradiol, progesterone, and testosterone concentrations. Pelvic height was greatest (P < .05) in B, C, and L and pelvic width was greatest (P < .05) in S, C, and J dams, but pelvic areas did not differ (P > .10). Dams with greater hip height had larger pelvic areas (r = .45; P < .01). Intact fetuses from C and S dams were heaviest (P < .05), those from S dams had the greatest (P < .05) head width, and heart girth was greatest (P < .05) in fetuses from L dams. Fetuses from H sires were greater in weight (P < .01), body length (P < .01), and cannon circumference (P < .01). Dam differences were found in fetal heart weight (P < .01), trimmed placental membrane weight (P < .01), and average placentome weight (P < .05). Weights of eviscerated fetuses were greatest from C dams (P < .05). Placentome number was lowest (P < .05) in J dams, but J dams had the highest (P < .05) average placentome weight. Interactions between fetal genotype and breed of maternal environment were found for weight of eviscerated fetus (P < .05), body length, and heart weight (P < .01) and resulted from both magnitude and direction of change in the sire effect. The H sire increase in fetal weight was greatest in J dams, whereas B dams allowed expression of the fetal growth potential but at a lower level. Fetal trait interactions were also found for breed x sex and sex x sire (P < .05 to P < .01) and were due to the magnitude of differences expressed between the M and H sires. Serum testosterone concentrations were highest (P < .05) in B and L dams, dams gestating fetuses sired by the H sire (P = .08), and those with male fetuses (P < .01). We interpret these results to indicate that some maternal environments can suppress fetal growth, whereas others seem to complement the growth and allow maximum expression of the fetal genetic growth potential.(ABSTRACT TRUNCATED AT 400 WORDS)

33 CFR 183.37 - Maximum weight capacity: Boats rated for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... rated for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of 2 horsepower or less. 183.37 Section... for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of 2 horsepower or less. (a) The maximum weight capacity marked on a boat that is rated for manual propulsion or for motors of 2 horsepower or...

33 CFR 183.37 - Maximum weight capacity: Boats rated for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... rated for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of 2 horsepower or less. 183.37 Section... for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of 2 horsepower or less. (a) The maximum weight capacity marked on a boat that is rated for manual propulsion or for motors of 2 horsepower or...

33 CFR 183.37 - Maximum weight capacity: Boats rated for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... rated for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of 2 horsepower or less. 183.37 Section... for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of 2 horsepower or less. (a) The maximum weight capacity marked on a boat that is rated for manual propulsion or for motors of 2 horsepower or...

33 CFR 183.37 - Maximum weight capacity: Boats rated for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... rated for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of 2 horsepower or less. 183.37 Section... for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of 2 horsepower or less. (a) The maximum weight capacity marked on a boat that is rated for manual propulsion or for motors of 2 horsepower or...

33 CFR 183.37 - Maximum weight capacity: Boats rated for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... rated for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of 2 horsepower or less. 183.37 Section... for manual propulsion and boats rated for outboard motors of 2 horsepower or less. (a) The maximum weight capacity marked on a boat that is rated for manual propulsion or for motors of 2 horsepower or...

Improving UV Resistance of High Performance Fibers

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Hassanin, Ahmed

High performance fibers are characterized by their superior properties compared to the traditional textile fibers. High strength fibers have high modules, high strength to weight ratio, high chemical resistance, and usually high temperature resistance. It is used in application where superior properties are needed such as bulletproof vests, ropes and cables, cut resistant products, load tendons for giant scientific balloons, fishing rods, tennis racket strings, parachute cords, adhesives and sealants, protective apparel and tire cords. Unfortunately, Ultraviolet (UV) radiation causes serious degradation to the most of high performance fibers. UV lights, either natural or artificial, cause organic compounds to decompose and degrade, because the energy of the photons of UV light is high enough to break chemical bonds causing chain scission. This work is aiming at achieving maximum protection of high performance fibers using sheathing approaches. The sheaths proposed are of lightweight to maintain the advantage of the high performance fiber that is the high strength to weight ratio. This study involves developing three different types of sheathing. The product of interest that need be protected from UV is braid from PBO. First approach is extruding a sheath from Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE) loaded with different rutile TiO2 % nanoparticles around the braid from the PBO. The results of this approach showed that LDPE sheath loaded with 10% TiO2 by weight achieved the highest protection compare to 0% and 5% TiO2. The protection here is judged by strength loss of PBO. This trend noticed in different weathering environments, where the sheathed samples were exposed to UV-VIS radiations in different weatheromter equipments as well as exposure to high altitude environment using NASA BRDL balloon. The second approach is focusing in developing a protective porous membrane from polyurethane loaded with rutile TiO2 nanoparticles. Membrane from polyurethane loaded with 4% rutile TiO2 nanoparticles showed excellent protection of braid from PBO. Only 7.5% strength loss was observed. To optimize the degree of protection of the sheath loaded with UV blocker particles, computational models were developed to optimize the protective layer thickness/weight and the amount of UV particles that provide the maximum protection with lightest weight of the protective layer and minimum amount of UV particles. The simulated results were found to be higher that the experimental results due to the tendency of nanoparticles to be agglomerated in real experiments. The third approach to achieve a maximum protection with the minimum weight added is constructing a sleeve from SpectraRTM (Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (UHMWPE) high performance fiber), which is known to resist UV, woven fabric. Covering the braid from PBO fiber with Spectra RTM woven fabric provide hybrid structure with two compatible components that can share the load and thus maintain the high strength to weight ratio. Although the SpectraRTM fabric had maximum cover factor, 20 % of visible light and about 15 % of UV were able to penetrate the fabric. This transmittance of UV-VIS light negatively affected the protection performance of the SpectraRTM woven fabric layer. It is thought that SpectraRTM fabric be coated with a thin layer (mentioned earlier) containing UV blocker for additional protection while maintain strength contribution to the hybrid structure. To maximize the strength to weight ratio of the hybrid structure (with core from PBO braid and sheath from SpectraRTM woven fabric) an established finite element model was utilized. The theoretical results using the finite element theory indicated that by controlling the bending rigidity of the filling yarn of the SpectraRTM fabric, the extension at peak load of woven fabric in warp direction (loading direction) could be controlled to match the braid extension at peak load. The match in the extension at peak load of the two components of the hybrid structure allowed the maximum strength to weight ratio. Thus, the SpectraRTM woven layer could achieve both the protection from UV and the load share in the hybrid structure.

Quantitative LC-MS of polymers: determining accurate molecular weight distributions by combined size exclusion chromatography and electrospray mass spectrometry with maximum entropy data processing.

PubMed

Gruendling, Till; Guilhaus, Michael; Barner-Kowollik, Christopher

2008-09-15

We report on the successful application of size exclusion chromatography (SEC) combined with electrospray ionization mass spectrometry (ESI-MS) and refractive index (RI) detection for the determination of accurate molecular weight distributions of synthetic polymers, corrected for chromatographic band broadening. The presented method makes use of the ability of ESI-MS to accurately depict the peak profiles and retention volumes of individual oligomers eluting from the SEC column, whereas quantitative information on the absolute concentration of oligomers is obtained from the RI-detector only. A sophisticated computational algorithm based on the maximum entropy principle is used to process the data gained by both detectors, yielding an accurate molecular weight distribution, corrected for chromatographic band broadening. Poly(methyl methacrylate) standards with molecular weights up to 10 kDa serve as model compounds. Molecular weight distributions (MWDs) obtained by the maximum entropy procedure are compared to MWDs, which were calculated by a conventional calibration of the SEC-retention time axis with peak retention data obtained from the mass spectrometer. Comparison showed that for the employed chromatographic system, distributions below 7 kDa were only weakly influenced by chromatographic band broadening. However, the maximum entropy algorithm could successfully correct the MWD of a 10 kDa standard for band broadening effects. Molecular weight averages were between 5 and 14% lower than the manufacturer stated data obtained by classical means of calibration. The presented method demonstrates a consistent approach for analyzing data obtained by coupling mass spectrometric detectors and concentration sensitive detectors to polymer liquid chromatography.

A computer tool for a minimax criterion in binary response and heteroscedastic simple linear regression models.

PubMed

Casero-Alonso, V; López-Fidalgo, J; Torsney, B

2017-01-01

Binary response models are used in many real applications. For these models the Fisher information matrix (FIM) is proportional to the FIM of a weighted simple linear regression model. The same is also true when the weight function has a finite integral. Thus, optimal designs for one binary model are also optimal for the corresponding weighted linear regression model. The main objective of this paper is to provide a tool for the construction of MV-optimal designs, minimizing the maximum of the variances of the estimates, for a general design space. MV-optimality is a potentially difficult criterion because of its nondifferentiability at equal variance designs. A methodology for obtaining MV-optimal designs where the design space is a compact interval [a, b] will be given for several standard weight functions. The methodology will allow us to build a user-friendly computer tool based on Mathematica to compute MV-optimal designs. Some illustrative examples will show a representation of MV-optimal designs in the Euclidean plane, taking a and b as the axes. The applet will be explained using two relevant models. In the first one the case of a weighted linear regression model is considered, where the weight function is directly chosen from a typical family. In the second example a binary response model is assumed, where the probability of the outcome is given by a typical probability distribution. Practitioners can use the provided applet to identify the solution and to know the exact support points and design weights. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.

With power comes responsibility: motorcycle engine power and power-to-weight ratio in relation to accident risk.

PubMed

Mattsson, Markus; Summala, Heikki

2010-02-01

Current European legislation allows the EU member states to restrict the maximum power output of motorcycles to 74 kW even though evidence supporting the limit is scarce and has produced mixed results-perhaps because motorcycle performance has been measured by engine displacement, not engine power, in most of the previous studies. This study investigates the relationship of motorcycle engine power and power-to-weight ratio to risk of fatal and nonfatal crashes in Finland. The fatality rate (number of fatal accidents/number of registered motorbikes) for riders of different ages riding bikes belonging to different power and power-to-weight ratio classes was examined using a comprehensive in-depth database. Data on nonfatal accidents were acquired from a Web questionnaire (N = 2708), which also served as a basis for estimating riders' annual mileage. Mileage data allowed the calculation of accident risk per kilometer ridden for bikes differing in power and power-to-weight ratio. The fatality risk per number of registered motorcycles and per kilometer ridden increases both with power and power-to-weight ratio, independently of rider's age. No relationship between performance and risk of a less severe crash was found. The pre-accident speed of the most powerful bikes was 20 km/h or more over the speed limit in a large proportion of the fatal accidents (odds ratio = 4.8 for > 75 kW motorbikes; odds ratio = 6.2 for > 0.3 kW/kg motorbikes). The risk of being involved in a fatal crash is higher among the riders of powerful motorcycles. However, it is not clear whether the results are related to the riding habits of the riders that choose the most powerful bikes available or whether the high risk is due to the properties of the bikes themselves. Therefore, further research is needed before considering legal limits on motorcycle performance.

Population pharmacokinetics and maximum a posteriori probability Bayesian estimator of abacavir: application of individualized therapy in HIV-infected infants and toddlers

PubMed Central

Zhao, Wei; Cella, Massimo; Della Pasqua, Oscar; Burger, David; Jacqz-Aigrain, Evelyne

2012-01-01

AIMS To develop a population pharmacokinetic model for abacavir in HIV-infected infants and toddlers, which will be used to describe both once and twice daily pharmacokinetic profiles, identify covariates that explain variability and propose optimal time points to optimize the area under the concentration–time curve (AUC) targeted dosage and individualize therapy. METHODS The pharmacokinetics of abacavir was described with plasma concentrations from 23 patients using nonlinear mixed-effects modelling (NONMEM) software. A two-compartment model with first-order absorption and elimination was developed. The final model was validated using bootstrap, visual predictive check and normalized prediction distribution errors. The Bayesian estimator was validated using the cross-validation and simulation–estimation method. RESULTS The typical population pharmacokinetic parameters and relative standard errors (RSE) were apparent systemic clearance (CL) 13.4 l h−1 (RSE 6.3%), apparent central volume of distribution 4.94 l (RSE 28.7%), apparent peripheral volume of distribution 8.12 l (RSE14.2%), apparent intercompartment clearance 1.25 l h−1 (RSE 16.9%) and absorption rate constant 0.758 h−1 (RSE 5.8%). The covariate analysis identified weight as the individual factor influencing the apparent oral clearance: CL = 13.4 × (weight/12)1.14. The maximum a posteriori probability Bayesian estimator, based on three concentrations measured at 0, 1 or 2, and 3 h after drug intake allowed predicting individual AUC0–t. CONCLUSIONS The population pharmacokinetic model developed for abacavir in HIV-infected infants and toddlers accurately described both once and twice daily pharmacokinetic profiles. The maximum a posteriori probability Bayesian estimator of AUC0–t was developed from the final model and can be used routinely to optimize individual dosing. PMID:21988586

Growth of the eye lens: II. Allometric studies.

PubMed

Augusteyn, Robert C

2014-01-01

The purpose of this study was to examine the ontogeny and phylogeny of lens growth in a variety of species using allometry. Data on the accumulation of wet and/or dry lens weight as a function of bodyweight were obtained for 40 species and subjected to allometric analysis to examine ontogenic growth and compaction. Allometric analysis was also used to compare the maximum adult lens weights for 147 species with the maximum adult bodyweight and to compare lens volumes calculated from wet and dry weights with eye volumes calculated from axial length. Linear allometric relationships were obtained for the comparison of ontogenic lens and bodyweight accumulation. The body mass exponent (BME) decreased with increasing animal size from around 1.0 in small rodents to 0.4 in large ungulates for both wet and dry weights. Compaction constants for the ontogenic growth ranged from 1.00 in birds and reptiles up to 1.30 in mammals. Allometric comparison of maximum lens wet and dry weights with maximum bodyweights also yielded linear plots with a BME of 0.504 for all warm blooded species except primates which had a BME of 0.25. When lens volumes were compared with eye volumes, all species yielded a scaling constant of 0.75 but the proportionality constants for primates and birds were lower. Ontogenic lens growth is fastest, relative to body growth, in small animals and slowest in large animals. Fiber cell compaction takes place throughout life in most species, but not in birds and reptiles. Maximum adult lens size scales with eye size with the same exponent in all species, but birds and primates have smaller lenses relative to eye size than other species. Optical properties of the lens are generated through the combination of variations in the rate of growth, rate of compaction, shape and size.

33 CFR 183.105 - Quantity of flotation required.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... of the dead weight; and (3) A weight in pounds that, when submerged, equals 62.4 times the volume in... of this section, “dead weight” means the maximum weight capacity marked on the boat minus the persons...

33 CFR 183.105 - Quantity of flotation required.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... of the dead weight; and (3) A weight in pounds that, when submerged, equals 62.4 times the volume in... of this section, “dead weight” means the maximum weight capacity marked on the boat minus the persons...

33 CFR 183.105 - Quantity of flotation required.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... of the dead weight; and (3) A weight in pounds that, when submerged, equals 62.4 times the volume in... of this section, “dead weight” means the maximum weight capacity marked on the boat minus the persons...

33 CFR 183.105 - Quantity of flotation required.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... of the dead weight; and (3) A weight in pounds that, when submerged, equals 62.4 times the volume in... of this section, “dead weight” means the maximum weight capacity marked on the boat minus the persons...

33 CFR 183.105 - Quantity of flotation required.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... of the dead weight; and (3) A weight in pounds that, when submerged, equals 62.4 times the volume in... of this section, “dead weight” means the maximum weight capacity marked on the boat minus the persons...

Performance Analysis of IEEE 802.11g TCM Waveforms Transmitted over a Channel with Pulse-Noise Interference

DTIC Science & Technology

2007-06-01

17 Table 2. Best (maximum free distance) rate r=2/3 punctured convolutional code ...Hamming distance between all pairs of non-zero paths. Table 2 lists the best rate r=2/3, punctured convolutional code information weight structure dB...Table 2. Best (maximum free distance) rate r=2/3 punctured convolutional code information weight structure. (From: [12]). K freed freeB

On the Performance of Maximum Likelihood versus Means and Variance Adjusted Weighted Least Squares Estimation in CFA

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Beauducel, Andre; Herzberg, Philipp Yorck

2006-01-01

This simulation study compared maximum likelihood (ML) estimation with weighted least squares means and variance adjusted (WLSMV) estimation. The study was based on confirmatory factor analyses with 1, 2, 4, and 8 factors, based on 250, 500, 750, and 1,000 cases, and on 5, 10, 20, and 40 variables with 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 categories. There was no…

Polymer-surfactant complex formation and its effect on turbulent wall shear stress.

PubMed

Suksamranchit, Siriluck; Sirivat, Anuvat; Jamieson, Alexander M

2006-02-01

Turbulent drag reduction in Couette flow was investigated in terms of a decrease in wall shear stress for aqueous solutions of a nonionic polymer, poly(ethylene oxide) (PEO), a cationic surfactant, hexadecyltrimethylammonium chloride (HTAC), and their mixtures. Consistent with literature data, drag reduction was observed for PEO solutions above a critical molecular weight, 0.91 x 10(5) < Mc < 3.04 x 10(5) g/mol. Maximum drag reduction occurred at an optimum concentration, c(PEO)*, which scales inversely with molecular weight, and the % maximum drag reduction increases with molecular weight. For aqueous HTAC solutions, wall shear stress decreased with increasing HTAC concentration and leveled off at an optimum concentration, c(HTAC)*, comparable to the critical micelle concentration. For HTAC/PEO mixtures, the critical PEO molecular weight for drag reduction decreases, interpreted as due to an increase in hydrodynamic volume because of binding of HTAC micelles to PEO. Consistent with this interpretation, at fixed PEO concentration, maximum drag reduction was observed at an optimum HTAC concentration, c(HTAC/PEO)*, comparable to the maximum binding concentration, MBC. Also, with HTAC concentration fixed at the MBC, the optimum PEO concentration for drag reduction, c(PEO/HTAC)*, decreases relative to that, c(PEO)*, in the absence of HTAC.

Optimization of composite sandwich cover panels subjected to compressive loadings

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Cruz, Juan R.

1991-01-01

An analysis and design method is presented for the design of composite sandwich cover panels that includes transverse shear effects and damage tolerance considerations. This method is incorporated into an optimization program called SANDOP (SANDwich OPtimization). SANDOP is used in the present study to design optimized composite sandwich cover panels for transport aircraft wing applications as a demonstration of its capabilities. The results of this design study indicate that optimized composite sandwich cover panels have approximately the same structural efficiency as stiffened composite cover panels designed to identical constraints. Results indicate that inplane stiffness requirements have a large effect on the weight of these composite sandwich cover panels at higher load levels. Increasing the maximum allowable strain and the upper percentage limit of the 0 degree and plus or minus 45 degree plies can yield significant weight savings. The results show that the structural efficiency of these optimized composite sandwich cover panels is relatively insensitive to changes in core density.

Concepts of flywheels for energy storage using autostable high-T(sub c) superconducting magnetic bearings

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Bornemann, Hans J.; Zabka, R.; Boegler, P.; Urban, C.; Rietschel, H.

1994-01-01

A flywheel for energy storage using autostable high-T(sub c) superconducting magnetic bearings has been built. The rotating disk has a total weight of 2.8 kg. The maximum speed is 9240 rpm. A process that allows accelerated, reliable and reproducible production of melt-textured superconducting material used for the bearings has been developed. In order to define optimum configurations for radial and axial bearings, interaction forces in three dimensions and vertical and horizontal stiffness have been measured between superconductors and permanent magnets in different geometries and various shapes. Static as well as dynamic measurements have been performed. Results are being reported and compared to theoretical models.

Mechanical attachments for flexible blanket TPS

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Newquist, Charles W.; Anderson, David M.; Shorey, Mark W.; Preedy, Kristina S.

1998-01-01

The operability of a flexible blanket thermal protection system for a reusable launch vehicle can be improved by using mechanical attachments instead of adhesive bonding to fasten the thermal protection system to the vehicle structure. Mechanical attachments offer specific benefits by (1) permitting the use of composite or metal structures at or near their maximum temperatures (above the adhesive temperature limit) thereby reducing the required TPS thickness and weight, (2) significantly reducing both the frequency and time for TPS replacement, (3) providing easy access to hatches and the underlying structure, and (4) allowing the attachment of flexible TPS to integral cryotanks, where the TPS/structure interface temperature may fall below the lower temperature of the silicone adhesives.

Composite transport wing technology development: Design development tests and advanced structural concepts

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Griffin, Charles F.; Harvill, William E.

1988-01-01

Numerous design concepts, materials, and manufacturing methods were investigated for the covers and spars of a transport box wing. Cover panels and spar segments were fabricated and tested to verify the structural integrity of design concepts and fabrication techniques. Compression tests on stiffened panels demonstrated the ability of graphite/epoxy wing upper cover designs to achieve a 35 percent weight savings compared to the aluminum baseline. The impact damage tolerance of the designs and materials used for these panels limits the allowable compression strain and therefore the maximum achievable weight savings. Bending and shear tests on various spar designs verified an average weight savings of 37 percent compared to the aluminum baseline. Impact damage to spar webs did not significantly degrade structural performance. Predictions of spar web shear instability correlated well with measured performance. The structural integrity of spars manufactured by filament winding equalled or exceeded those fabricated by hand lay-up. The information obtained will be applied to the design, fabrication, and test of a full-scale section of a wing box. When completed, the tests on the technology integration box beam will demonstrate the structural integrity of an advanced composite wing design which is 25 percent lighter than the metal baseline.

Static posturography with dynamic tests. Usefulness of biomechanical parameters in assessing vestibular patients.

PubMed

Balaguer García, Ramón; Pitarch Corresa, Salvador; Baydal Bertomeu, José María; Morales Suárez-Varela, María M

2012-01-01

Posturography allows evaluating postural control. This study showed the posturographic parameters that were useful for assessing the functional ability to maintain balance in our sample of vestibular patients. Of a total of 89 patients, 59 were healthy subjects and 30 had a peripheral vestibular disorder. The subjects were studied using the posturographic NedSVE/IBV system, combining static (Romberg) and dynamic (stability limits and rhythmic weight shifts) tests. We then compared the measurements found in the groups. Normal subjects showed significantly lower oscillations than our patients in all of the posturographic parameters studied (except the displacement angle). In testing the limits of stability, although normal subjects achieved maximum displacements greater than the subjects with the disorder, the differences found were not significant. In rhythmic weight shift tests, normal subjects showed more favourable results than did the vestibular patients, with significant differences in 3 of the 4 parameters studied: 1) anteroposterior ability, 2) mediolateral ability, and 3) anteroposterior control and efficiency. Rhythmic weight shift tests and the static posturography test parameters used were useful in discriminating among the normal and pathological subjects in this study. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier España, S.L. All rights reserved.

Weight History, All-Cause and Cause-Specific Mortality in Three Prospective Cohort Studies

PubMed Central

Yu, Edward; Stokes, Andrew C.; Ley, Sylvia H.; Manson, JoAnn E.; Willett, Walter; Satija, Ambika; Hu, Frank B.

2017-01-01

BACKGROUND The relationship between body mass index (BMI) and mortality remains controversial. OBJECTIVE To investigate the relationship between maximum BMI over 16 years and subsequent mortality. DESIGN Three prospective cohort studies. SETTING Nurses’ Health Study I and II, Health Professionals Follow-up Study. PARTICIPANTS 225,072 men and women accruing 32,571 deaths over a mean of 12.3 years of follow-up. MEASUREMENTS Maximum BMI over 16 years of weight history and all-cause and cause-specific mortality. RESULTS Maximum BMIs in the overweight (25.0 to 29.9 kg/m2) (multivariate hazard ratio (HR), 1.06; 95% confidence interval (CI), 1.03 – 1.08), obese I (30.0 to 34.9 kg/m2), (HR, 1.24; 95% CI, 1.20 – 1.29), and obese II (≥ 35.0 kg/m2) (HR, 1.73; 95% CI, 1.66 – 1.80) categories were associated with increases in risk of all-cause mortality. The pattern of excess risk with a maximum BMI above normal weight was maintained across strata defined by smoking status, sex, and age, but the excess was greatest among those <70 years old and never smokers. In contrast, a significant inverse association between overweight and mortality (HR, 0.96; 95% CI, 0.94 – 0.99) was observed when BMI was defined using a single baseline measurement. Maximum overweight was also associated with increased cause-specific mortality, including deaths from cardiovascular diseases and coronary heart disease. LIMITATIONS Residual confounding and misclassification. CONCLUSIONS The paradoxical association between overweight and mortality is reversed in analyses incorporating weight history. Maximum BMI may be a useful metric to minimize reverse causation bias associated with a single baseline BMI assessment. PMID:28384755

Tailored composite wings with elastically produced chordwise camber

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Rehfield, Lawrence W.; Chang, Stephen; Zischka, Peter J.; Pickings, Richard D.; Holl, Michael W.

1991-01-01

Four structural concepts were created which produce chordwise camber deformation that results in enhanced lift. A wing box can be tailored to utilize each of these with composites. In attempting to optimize the aerodynamic benefits, researchers found that there are two optimum designs that are of interest. There is a weight optimum which corresponds to the maximum lift per unit structural weight. There is also a lift optimum that corresponds to maximum absolute lift. Experience indicates that a large weight penalty accompanies the transition from weight to lift optimum designs. New structural models, the basic deformation mechanisms that are utilized, and typical analytical results are presented. It appears that lift enhancements of sufficient magnitude can be produced to render this type of wing tailoring of practical interest.

33 CFR 183.33 - Maximum weight capacity: Inboard and inboard-outdrive boats.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... (iv) Weight of full permanent fuel tanks. (3) “Machinery weight” is the combined weight of installed engines or motors, control equipment, drive units, and batteries. [CGD 72-61R, 37 FR 15782, Aug. 4, 1972...

40 CFR Appendix B to Subpart II to... - Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 10 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density B Appendix B to Subpart II to Part 63 Protection of...—Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density EC01MY92.046 ...

40 CFR Appendix B to Subpart II to... - Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 11 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density B Appendix B to Subpart II to Part 63 Protection of...—Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density EC01MY92.046 ...

40 CFR Appendix B to Subpart II of... - Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... 40 Protection of Environment 11 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density B Appendix B to Subpart II of Part 63 Protection of...—Maximum Allowable Thinning Rates as a Function of As Supplied VOC Content and Thinner Density EC01MY92.046 ...

Alternative Fuels Data Center

Science.gov Websites

vehicles equipped with idle reduction technology may exceed the state's gross and axle weight limits by up vehicle primarily powered by natural gas may exceed the state's gross vehicle weight limits by a weight maximum gross weight may not exceed 82,000 lbs. (Reference New Mexico Statutes 66-7-4

Alternative Fuels Data Center

Science.gov Websites

vehicles equipped with idle reduction technology may exceed the state's gross and axle weight limits by up vehicle primarily powered by natural gas may exceed the state's gross vehicle weight limits by a weight and the weight of a comparable vehicle with a diesel tank and fueling system. The NGV maximum gross

49 CFR 192.328 - Additional construction requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum allowable operating...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... 49 Transportation 3 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Additional construction requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum allowable operating pressure. 192.328 Section 192.328 Transportation... Lines and Mains § 192.328 Additional construction requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum...

49 CFR 192.328 - Additional construction requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum allowable operating...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 49 Transportation 3 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Additional construction requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum allowable operating pressure. 192.328 Section 192.328 Transportation... Lines and Mains § 192.328 Additional construction requirements for steel pipe using alternative maximum...

Patterns of postnatal weight changes in infants with very low and extremely low birth weights.

PubMed

Smith, S L; Kirchhoff, K T; Chan, G M; Squire, S J

1994-01-01

To describe (1) short-term postnatal weight loss and gain patterns in infants with very low and extremely low birth weights and (2) the variables that may affect these weight change patterns. Descriptive, retrospective review. University hospital in the intermountain western United States. Sixty-two charts of infants admitted to a university neonatal intensive care unit from July 1990 through November 1992 were reviewed. Infants who weighed 1000 grams or less were categorized as extremely low birth weight (ELBW) and infants weighing 1001 to 1500 grams were categorized as very low birth weight (VLBW). Each group was comprised of 31 infants. Fifty percent of the sample were male, and 50% were female. Eighty-five percent of the sample were Anglo-American, and 15% were non-Anglo-American. Data were collected on a three-part data collection tool and included demographic and treatment variables. A significant difference was found in the maximum percent weight lost between the two groups, with the ELBW group losing a mean of 14.77% of birth weight and the VLBW group losing a mean of 11.35% of birth weight (t = 2.45, p < 0.05). The day the infants reached their nadir weight was significantly different between the two groups. The ELBW group reached their nadir on day of life 7, and the VLBW group reached their nadir on day of life 6 (t = 2.00, p < 0.05). No significant difference was noted in the time to return to birth weight between the two groups, with a mean of 15 days to return to birth weight. Factors associated with postnatal weight changes were intraventricular hemorrhage, use of diuretics and steroids, day of life when nadir weight occurred, and maximum percent of weight lost. Many of the independent variables were significantly interrelated to each other (r = -0.90 to r = 0.91, p < 0.01 to p < 0.001). However, only the variables that correlated with time to return to birth weight were entered into the regression analysis. These variables included number of days diuretics were given before return to birth weight, maximum percent of weight lost, and day of life the infants reached their nadir weight. Number of days diuretics were given before return to birth weight correlated significantly with time to return to birth weight (r = 0.77, F = 26.66, p < 0.0001) although maximum percent of weight lost and day of life the infants reached their nadir weight had a minimal effect. Further research into the effects of diuretic therapy on weight changes in this population of infants may lead to interventions to minimize the negative effects of diuretics on return to birth weight. In addition, the older growth charts may not be applicable to this population of infants. Generation of new growth charts that provide growth curves based on these data could be useful in developing nutritional therapies that would promote growth and possibly decrease the length of hospital stay for these infants.

Maximum of the modulus of kernels in Gauss-Turan quadratures

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Milovanovic, Gradimir V.; Spalevic, Miodrag M.; Pranic, Miroslav S.

2008-06-01

We study the kernels K_{n,s}(z) in the remainder terms R_{n,s}(f) of the Gauss-Turan quadrature formulae for analytic functions on elliptical contours with foci at pm 1 , when the weight omega is a generalized Chebyshev weight function. For the generalized Chebyshev weight of the first (third) kind, it is shown that the modulus of the kernel \\vert K_{n,s}(z)\\vert attains its maximum on the real axis (positive real semi-axis) for each ngeq n_0, n_0Dn_0(rho,s) . It was stated as a conjecture in [Mathematics of Computation 72 (2003), 1855-1872]. For the generalized Chebyshev weight of the second kind, in the case when the number of the nodes n in the corresponding Gauss-Turan quadrature formula is even, it is shown that the modulus of the kernel attains its maximum on the imaginary axis for each ngeq n_0, n_0Dn_0(rho,s) . Numerical examples are included. Retrieve articles in all Journals with MSC (1991): [41]41A55, [42]65D30, [43]65D32

42 CFR 50.504 - Allowable cost of drugs.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... 42 Public Health 1 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Allowable cost of drugs. 50.504 Section 50.504... APPLICABILITY Maximum Allowable Cost for Drugs § 50.504 Allowable cost of drugs. (a) The maximum amount which may be expended from program funds for the acquisition of any drug shall be the lowest of (1) The...

42 CFR 50.504 - Allowable cost of drugs.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... 42 Public Health 1 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Allowable cost of drugs. 50.504 Section 50.504... APPLICABILITY Maximum Allowable Cost for Drugs § 50.504 Allowable cost of drugs. (a) The maximum amount which may be expended from program funds for the acquisition of any drug shall be the lowest of (1) The...

42 CFR 50.504 - Allowable cost of drugs.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... 42 Public Health 1 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Allowable cost of drugs. 50.504 Section 50.504... APPLICABILITY Maximum Allowable Cost for Drugs § 50.504 Allowable cost of drugs. (a) The maximum amount which may be expended from program funds for the acquisition of any drug shall be the lowest of (1) The...

42 CFR 50.504 - Allowable cost of drugs.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... 42 Public Health 1 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Allowable cost of drugs. 50.504 Section 50.504... APPLICABILITY Maximum Allowable Cost for Drugs § 50.504 Allowable cost of drugs. (a) The maximum amount which may be expended from program funds for the acquisition of any drug shall be the lowest of (1) The...

30 CFR 36.44 - Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... delivered to MSHA with the fuel-injection system adjusted by the applicant and tests of the exhaust-gas... adjustment of the fuel-injection system shall be accepted. The maximum fuel : air ratio determined from the... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio. 36.44...

30 CFR 36.44 - Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... delivered to MSHA with the fuel-injection system adjusted by the applicant and tests of the exhaust-gas... adjustment of the fuel-injection system shall be accepted. The maximum fuel : air ratio determined from the... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio. 36.44...

30 CFR 36.44 - Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... delivered to MSHA with the fuel-injection system adjusted by the applicant and tests of the exhaust-gas... adjustment of the fuel-injection system shall be accepted. The maximum fuel : air ratio determined from the... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio. 36.44...

30 CFR 36.44 - Maximum allowable fuel:air ratio.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... delivered to MSHA with the fuel-injection system adjusted by the applicant and tests of the exhaust-gas... adjustment of the fuel-injection system shall be accepted. The maximum fuel:air ratio determined from the... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Maximum allowable fuel:air ratio. 36.44 Section...

30 CFR 36.44 - Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... delivered to MSHA with the fuel-injection system adjusted by the applicant and tests of the exhaust-gas... adjustment of the fuel-injection system shall be accepted. The maximum fuel : air ratio determined from the... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Maximum allowable fuel : air ratio. 36.44...

Incorporating patient-preference evidence into regulatory decision making.

PubMed

Ho, Martin P; Gonzalez, Juan Marcos; Lerner, Herbert P; Neuland, Carolyn Y; Whang, Joyce M; McMurry-Heath, Michelle; Hauber, A Brett; Irony, Telba

2015-10-01

Patients have a unique role in deciding what treatments should be available for them and regulatory agencies should take their preferences into account when making treatment approval decisions. This is the first study designed to obtain quantitative patient-preference evidence to inform regulatory approval decisions by the Food and Drug Administration Center for Devices and Radiological Health. Five-hundred and forty United States adults with body mass index (BMI) ≥ 30 kg/m(2) evaluated tradeoffs among effectiveness, safety, and other attributes of weight-loss devices in a scientific survey. Discrete-choice experiments were used to quantify the importance of safety, effectiveness, and other attributes of weight-loss devices to obese respondents. A tool based on these measures is being used to inform benefit-risk assessments for premarket approval of medical devices. Respondent choices yielded preference scores indicating their relative value for attributes of weight-loss devices in this study. We developed a tool to estimate the minimum weight loss acceptable by a patient to receive a device with a given risk profile and the maximum mortality risk tolerable in exchange for a given weight loss. For example, to accept a device with 0.01 % mortality risk, a risk tolerant patient will require about 10 % total body weight loss lasting 5 years. Patient preference evidence was used make regulatory decision making more patient-centered. In addition, we captured the heterogeneity of patient preferences allowing market approval of effective devices for risk tolerant patients. CDRH is using the study tool to define minimum clinical effectiveness to evaluate new weight-loss devices. The methods presented can be applied to a wide variety of medical products. This study supports the ongoing development of a guidance document on incorporating patient preferences into medical-device premarket approval decisions.

14 CFR 25.25 - Weight limits.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Weight limits. 25.25 Section 25.25 Aeronautics and Space FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AIRCRAFT AIRWORTHINESS... requirement is shown, except that for airplanes equipped with standby power rocket engines the maximum weight...

14 CFR 25.25 - Weight limits.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Weight limits. 25.25 Section 25.25 Aeronautics and Space FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AIRCRAFT AIRWORTHINESS... requirement is shown, except that for airplanes equipped with standby power rocket engines the maximum weight...

Improved Neural Networks with Random Weights for Short-Term Load Forecasting

PubMed Central

Lang, Kun; Zhang, Mingyuan; Yuan, Yongbo

2015-01-01

An effective forecasting model for short-term load plays a significant role in promoting the management efficiency of an electric power system. This paper proposes a new forecasting model based on the improved neural networks with random weights (INNRW). The key is to introduce a weighting technique to the inputs of the model and use a novel neural network to forecast the daily maximum load. Eight factors are selected as the inputs. A mutual information weighting algorithm is then used to allocate different weights to the inputs. The neural networks with random weights and kernels (KNNRW) is applied to approximate the nonlinear function between the selected inputs and the daily maximum load due to the fast learning speed and good generalization performance. In the application of the daily load in Dalian, the result of the proposed INNRW is compared with several previously developed forecasting models. The simulation experiment shows that the proposed model performs the best overall in short-term load forecasting. PMID:26629825

Improved Neural Networks with Random Weights for Short-Term Load Forecasting.

PubMed

Lang, Kun; Zhang, Mingyuan; Yuan, Yongbo

2015-01-01

An effective forecasting model for short-term load plays a significant role in promoting the management efficiency of an electric power system. This paper proposes a new forecasting model based on the improved neural networks with random weights (INNRW). The key is to introduce a weighting technique to the inputs of the model and use a novel neural network to forecast the daily maximum load. Eight factors are selected as the inputs. A mutual information weighting algorithm is then used to allocate different weights to the inputs. The neural networks with random weights and kernels (KNNRW) is applied to approximate the nonlinear function between the selected inputs and the daily maximum load due to the fast learning speed and good generalization performance. In the application of the daily load in Dalian, the result of the proposed INNRW is compared with several previously developed forecasting models. The simulation experiment shows that the proposed model performs the best overall in short-term load forecasting.

Influence of 7 days of hindlimb suspension and intermittent weight support on rat muscle mechanical properties

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Pierotti, David J.; Roy, Roland R.; Flores, Vinicio; Edgerton, Reggie

1990-01-01

The effect of intermittent periods of weight support on a decrease in mass of the soleus (Sol) and medial gastrocnemius (MG) muscles atrophied by hindlimb suspension (HS) was investigated in rats subjected to continuous HS for seven days or an HS plus intermittent (10 min every 6 hrs of slow walking on a treadmill) weight support (HS-WS). After 7 d HS, the Sol weight relative to body weight was 21 and 9 percent lower in Hs and HS-WS, respectively, than in control rats. Maximum tetanic tension/muscle mass ratio was significantly lower in HS than in controls; the HS-WS rats had values similar to controls, whereas the maximum tetanic tension/muscle weight was significantly elevated in HS-WS compared to controls. Contraction times were 25 percent faster in the Sol and unchanged in the MG of HS rats, indicating that a low-force short-duration exercise regime results in a significant functional recovery in the 'slow' Sol, whereas the 'fast' MG is less affected.

The Multi-Attribute Group Decision-Making Method Based on Interval Grey Trapezoid Fuzzy Linguistic Variables.

PubMed

Yin, Kedong; Wang, Pengyu; Li, Xuemei

2017-12-13

With respect to multi-attribute group decision-making (MAGDM) problems, where attribute values take the form of interval grey trapezoid fuzzy linguistic variables (IGTFLVs) and the weights (including expert and attribute weight) are unknown, improved grey relational MAGDM methods are proposed. First, the concept of IGTFLV, the operational rules, the distance between IGTFLVs, and the projection formula between the two IGTFLV vectors are defined. Second, the expert weights are determined by using the maximum proximity method based on the projection values between the IGTFLV vectors. The attribute weights are determined by the maximum deviation method and the priorities of alternatives are determined by improved grey relational analysis. Finally, an example is given to prove the effectiveness of the proposed method and the flexibility of IGTFLV.

Organic and total mercury levels in bigeye tuna, Thunnus obesus, harvested by Taiwanese fishing vessels in the Atlantic and Indian Oceans.

PubMed

Chen, M H; Teng, P Y; Chen, C Y; Hsu, C C

2011-01-01

Muscle samples of 121 and 110 bigeye tuna (Thunnus obesus) caught by Taiwanese long-line fishing vessels in the Atlantic and Indian Oceans, respectively, were used to analyze total mercury (THg) and organic mercury (OHg) content. The overall THg and OHg concentrations were 0.786 ± 0.386 (0.214-3.133) and 0.595 ± 0.238 (0.143-2.222) mg kg⁻¹ wet weight, respectively, similar to the results of previous studies. Our findings, however, reflected the highest THg and OHg concentrations for the species in each ocean among the published data. Mean THg and OHg concentrations in Atlantic tuna were significantly (p < 0.05) higher than those in Indian tuna. Two of 121 samples of tuna from the Atlantic Ocean, but no samples from the Indian Ocean, had levels of OHg above 2 mg kg⁻¹ wet weight set by the Department of Health Taiwan, and 13 of 121 samples of tuna from the Atlantic Ocean and three of 110 samples from the Indian Ocean had levels of OHg above 1 mg kg⁻¹ wet weight set by US FDA and WHO. Accordingly, for adult Taiwanese men and women with average body weight of 65 and 55 kg, respectively, the maximum allowable weekly intake of bigeye tuna is suggested to be 170 and 145 g, respectively.

An Active Fire Temperature Retrieval Model Using Hyperspectral Remote Sensing

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Quigley, K. W.; Roberts, D. A.; Miller, D.

2017-12-01

Wildfire is both an important ecological process and a dangerous natural threat that humans face. In situ measurements of wildfire temperature are notoriously difficult to collect due to dangerous conditions. Imaging spectrometry data has the potential to provide some of the most accurate and highest temporally-resolved active fire temperature retrieval information for monitoring and modeling. Recent studies on fire temperature retrieval have used have used Multiple Endmember Spectral Mixture Analysis applied to Airborne Visible applied to Airborne Visible / Infrared Imaging Spectrometer (AVIRIS) bands to model fire temperatures within the regions marked to contain fire, but these methods are less effective at coarser spatial resolutions, as linear mixing methods are degraded by saturation within the pixel. The assumption of a distribution of temperatures within pixels allows us to model pixels with an effective maximum and likely minimum temperature. This assumption allows a more robust approach to modeling temperature at different spatial scales. In this study, instrument-corrected radiance is forward-modeled for different ranges of temperatures, with weighted temperatures from an effective maximum temperature to a likely minimum temperature contributing to the total radiance of the modeled pixel. Effective maximum fire temperature is estimated by minimizing the Root Mean Square Error (RMSE) between modeled and measured fires. The model was tested using AVIRIS collected over the 2016 Sherpa Fire in Santa Barbara County, California,. While only in situ experimentation would be able to confirm active fire temperatures, the fit of the data to modeled radiance can be assessed, as well as the similarity in temperature distributions seen on different spatial resolution scales. Results show that this model improves upon current modeling methods in producing similar effective temperatures on multiple spatial scales as well as a similar modeled area distribution of those temperatures.

Photochemical modeling of emissions trading of highly reactive volatile organic compounds in Houston, Texas. 2. Incorporation of chlorine emissions.

PubMed

Wang, Linlin; Thompson, Tammy; McDonald-Buller, Elena C; Allen, David T

2007-04-01

As part of the State Implementation Plan for attaining the National Ambient Air Quality Standard for ozone, the Texas Commission of Environmental Quality has created a Highly Reactive Volatile Organic Compounds (HRVOC) Emissions Cap and Trade Program for industrial point sources in the Houston/Galveston/Brazoria area. This series of papers examines the potential air quality impacts of this new emission trading program through photochemical modeling of potential trading scenarios; this paper examines the air quality impact of allowing facilities to trade chlorine emission reductions for HRVOC allocations on a reactivity weighted basis. The simulations indicate that trading of anthropogenic chlorine emission reductions for HRVOC allowances at a single facility or between facilities, in general, resulted in improvements in air quality. Decreases in peak 1-h averaged and 8-h averaged ozone concentrations associated with trading chlorine emissions for HRVOC allocations on a Maximum Incremental Reactivity (MIR) basis were up to 0.74 ppb (0.63%) and 0.56 ppb (0.61%), respectively. Air quality metrics based on population exposure decreased by up to 3.3% and 4.1% for 1-h and 8-h averaged concentrations. These changes are small compared to the maximum changes in ozone concentrations due to the VOC emissions from these sources (5-10 ppb for 8-h averages; up to 30 ppb for 1-h averages) and the chlorine emissions from the sources (5-10 ppb for maximum concentrations over wide areas and up to 70 ppb in localized areas). The simulations indicate that the inclusion of chlorine emissions in the trading program is likely to be beneficial to air quality and is unlikely to cause localized increases in ozone concentrations ("hot spots").

46 CFR 151.04-1 - Certificate of inspection.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... CARRYING BULK LIQUID HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CARGOES Inspection and Certification § 151.04-1 Certificate of... maximum cargo weight (short tons), maximum density (pounds per gallon) and any operating limitations and a...

46 CFR 151.04-1 - Certificate of inspection.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... CARRYING BULK LIQUID HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CARGOES Inspection and Certification § 151.04-1 Certificate of... maximum cargo weight (short tons), maximum density (pounds per gallon) and any operating limitations and a...

14 CFR 23.1563 - Airspeed placards.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... multiengine-powered airplanes of more than 6,000 pounds maximum weight, and turbine engine-powered airplanes, the maximum value of the minimum control speed, VMC (one-engine-inoperative) determined under § 23.149...

14 CFR 23.1563 - Airspeed placards.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... multiengine-powered airplanes of more than 6,000 pounds maximum weight, and turbine engine-powered airplanes, the maximum value of the minimum control speed, VMC (one-engine-inoperative) determined under § 23.149...

High speed superconducting flywheel system for energy storage

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Bornemann, H. J.; Urban, C.; Boegler, P.; Ritter, T.; Zaitsev, O.; Weber, K.; Rietschel, H.

1994-12-01

A prototype of a flywheel system with auto stable high temperature superconducting bearings was built and tested. The bearings offered good vertical and lateral stability. A metallic flywheel disk, ø 190 mm x 30 mm, was safely rotated at speeds up to 15000 rpm. The disk was driven by a 3 phase synchronous homopolar motor/generator. Maximum energy capacity was 3.8 Wh, maximum power was 1.5 KW. The dynamic behavior of the prototype was tested, characterized and evaluated with respect to axial and lateral stiffness, decay torques (bearing drag), vibrational modes and critical speeds. The bearings supports a maximum weight of 65 N at zero gap, axial and lateral stiffness at 1 mm gap were 440 N/cm and 130 N/cm, respectively. Spin down experiments were performed to investigate the energy efficiency of the system. The decay rate was found to depend upon background pressure in the vacuum chamber and upon the gap width in the bearing. At a background pressure of 5x10 -4 Torr, the coefficient of friction (drag-to-lift ratio) was measured to be 0.000009 at low speeds for 6 mm gap width in the bearing. Our results indicate that further refinement of this technology will allow operation of higly efficient superconducting flywheels in the kWh range.

Estimation and Testing of Partial Covariances, Correlations, and Regression Weights Using Maximum Likelihood Factor Analysis.

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

And Others; Werts, Charles E.

1979-01-01

It is shown how partial covariance, part and partial correlation, and regression weights can be estimated and tested for significance by means of a factor analytic model. Comparable partial covariance, correlations, and regression weights have identical significance tests. (Author)

Development of a source-exposure matrix for occupational exposure assessment of electromagnetic fields in the INTEROCC study

PubMed Central

Vila, Javier; Bowman, Joseph D; Figuerola, Jordi; Moriña, David; Kincl, Laurel; Richardson, Lesley; Cardis, Elisabeth

2017-01-01

Introduction To estimate occupational exposures to electromagnetic fields (EMF) for the INTEROCC study, a database of source-based measurements extracted from published and unpublished literature resources had been previously constructed. The aim of the current work was to summarize these measurements into a source-exposure matrix (SEM), accounting for their quality and relevance. Methods A novel methodology for combining available measurements was developed, based on order statistics and log-normal distribution characteristics. Arithmetic and geometric means, and estimates of variability and maximum exposure were calculated by EMF source, frequency band and dosimetry type. Mean estimates were weighted by our confidence on the pooled measurements. Results The SEM contains confidence-weighted mean and maximum estimates for 312 EMF exposure sources (from 0 Hz to 300 GHz). Operator position geometric mean electric field levels for RF sources ranged between 0.8 V/m (plasma etcher) and 320 V/m (RF sealer), while magnetic fields ranged from 0.02 A/m (speed radar) to 0.6 A/m (microwave heating). For ELF sources, electric fields ranged between 0.2 V/m (electric forklift) and 11,700 V/m (HVTL-hotsticks), while magnetic fields ranged between 0.14 μT (visual display terminals) and 17 μT (TIG welding). Conclusion The methodology developed allowed the construction of the first EMF-SEM and may be used to summarize similar exposure data for other physical or chemical agents. PMID:27827378

[nutritionDay- an annual cross-sectional audit of nutrition in healthcare].

PubMed

Schindler, Karin; Kosak, Sigrid; Schütz, Tatjana; Volkert, Dorothee; Hürlimann, Barbara; Ballmer, Peter; Hiesmayr, Michael

2014-03-01

nutritionDay is a worldwide project to determine prevalence of symptoms of malnutrition and reduced nutrient intake as well as risk factors and outcome. Individual units can benchmark their data against data from the reference database of the same specialty. Questionnaires are available in 32 languages. 151'666 patients from 4'877 units in 51 countries have participated between 2006 - 2012. In hospitals 8.1 % had a BMI < 18.5, 45.4 % indicated having lost weight and 49.9 % had not eaten normally last week. On nutritionDay 41.5 % ate the full meal at lunch or dinner and 14 % ate nothing. The odds ratio for death in hospital within 30 days was 2.76 [2.50, 3.05] if having lost weight, increased to a maximum of 6.17 [5.54, 6.88] with a history of decreased intake last week and 7.66 [6.72, 8.74] if no intake was found on nutritionDay despite being allowed to eat. All factors remained significant in multivariate analysis. The most frequent reason for not eating is loss of appetite. Only a maximum of one third of all patients that eat nothing receive support with enteral or parenteral nutrition. Disease-related undernutrition is very frequent in hospitals and is associated with poor outcome. nutritionDay is a measurement tool to determine the prevalence of undernutrition and to benchmark regularly nutrition risk factors and level of interventions against a large recent reference database.

Growth of the eye lens: II. Allometric studies

PubMed Central

2014-01-01

Purpose The purpose of this study was to examine the ontogeny and phylogeny of lens growth in a variety of species using allometry. Methods Data on the accumulation of wet and/or dry lens weight as a function of bodyweight were obtained for 40 species and subjected to allometric analysis to examine ontogenic growth and compaction. Allometric analysis was also used to compare the maximum adult lens weights for 147 species with the maximum adult bodyweight and to compare lens volumes calculated from wet and dry weights with eye volumes calculated from axial length. Results Linear allometric relationships were obtained for the comparison of ontogenic lens and bodyweight accumulation. The body mass exponent (BME) decreased with increasing animal size from around 1.0 in small rodents to 0.4 in large ungulates for both wet and dry weights. Compaction constants for the ontogenic growth ranged from 1.00 in birds and reptiles up to 1.30 in mammals. Allometric comparison of maximum lens wet and dry weights with maximum bodyweights also yielded linear plots with a BME of 0.504 for all warm blooded species except primates which had a BME of 0.25. When lens volumes were compared with eye volumes, all species yielded a scaling constant of 0.75 but the proportionality constants for primates and birds were lower. Conclusions Ontogenic lens growth is fastest, relative to body growth, in small animals and slowest in large animals. Fiber cell compaction takes place throughout life in most species, but not in birds and reptiles. Maximum adult lens size scales with eye size with the same exponent in all species, but birds and primates have smaller lenses relative to eye size than other species. Optical properties of the lens are generated through the combination of variations in the rate of growth, rate of compaction, shape and size. PMID:24715759

Research on design feasibility of high-power light-weight dc-to-dc converters for space power application

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Wilson, T. G.

1980-01-01

The development of 5 kW converters with 100 kHz switching frequencies, consisting of two submodules each capable of 2.5 kW of output power, is discussed. Two semiconductor advances allowed increased power levels. Field effect transistors with ratings of 11 A and 400 V were operated in parallel to provide a converter output power of approximately 2000 W. Secondly, bipolar power switching transistor was operated in conjunction with a turn-off snubber circuit to provide converter output power levels approaching 1000 W. The interrelationships between mass, switching frequency, and efficiency were investigated. Converters were constructed for operation at a maximum output power level of 200 W, and a comparison was made for operation under similar input/output conditions for conversion frequencies of 20 kilohertz and 100 kilohertz. The effects of nondissipative turn-off snubber circuitry were also examined. Finally, a computerized instrumentation system allowing the measurement of pertinent converter operating conditions as well as the recording of converter waveforms is described.

49 CFR 174.86 - Maximum allowable operating speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... Handling of Placarded Rail Cars, Transport Vehicles and Freight Containers § 174.86 Maximum allowable operating speed. (a) For molten metals and molten glass shipped in packagings other than those prescribed in...

49 CFR 174.86 - Maximum allowable operating speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... Handling of Placarded Rail Cars, Transport Vehicles and Freight Containers § 174.86 Maximum allowable operating speed. (a) For molten metals and molten glass shipped in packagings other than those prescribed in...

49 CFR 174.86 - Maximum allowable operating speed.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... Handling of Placarded Rail Cars, Transport Vehicles and Freight Containers § 174.86 Maximum allowable operating speed. (a) For molten metals and molten glass shipped in packagings other than those prescribed in...

Neonates with Bartter syndrome have enormous fluid and sodium requirements.

PubMed

Azzi, Antonio; Chehade, Hassib; Deschênes, Georges

2015-07-01

Managing neonatal Bartter syndrome by achieving adequate weight gain is challenging. We assessed the correlation between weight gain in neonatal Bartter syndrome and the introduction of fluid and sodium supplementations and indomethacin during the first 4 weeks of life. Daily fluid and electrolytes requirements were analysed using linear regression and Spearman correlation coefficients. The weight gain coefficient was calculated as daily weight gain after physiological neonatal weight loss. We studied seven infants. The highest weight gain coefficients occurred between weeks two and four in the five neonates who either received prompt amounts of fluid (maximum 810 mL/kg/day) and sodium (maximum 70 mmol/kg/day) or were treated with indomethacin. For the two patients with the highest weight gain coefficient, water and sodium supplementations were decreased in weeks two to four leading to a significant negative Spearman correlation between weight gain and fluid supplements (r = -0.55 and -0.68) and weight gain and sodium supplementations (r = -0.96 and -0.72). The two patients with the lowest weight gain coefficient had positive Spearman correlation coefficients between weight gain and fluid and sodium supplementations. Infants with neonatal Bartter syndrome required rapid and enormous fluid and sodium supplementations or the early introduction of indomethacin treatment to achieve adequate weight gain during the early postnatal period. ©2015 Foundation Acta Paediatrica. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

Maximum Plant Uptakes for Water, Nutrients, and Oxygen Are Not Always Met by Irrigation Rate and Distribution in Water-based Cultivation Systems.

PubMed

Blok, Chris; Jackson, Brian E; Guo, Xianfeng; de Visser, Pieter H B; Marcelis, Leo F M

2017-01-01

Growing on rooting media other than soils in situ -i.e., substrate-based growing- allows for higher yields than soil-based growing as transport rates of water, nutrients, and oxygen in substrate surpass those in soil. Possibly water-based growing allows for even higher yields as transport rates of water and nutrients in water surpass those in substrate, even though the transport of oxygen may be more complex. Transport rates can only limit growth when they are below a rate corresponding to maximum plant uptake. Our first objective was to compare Chrysanthemum growth performance for three water-based growing systems with different irrigation. We compared; multi-point irrigation into a pond (DeepFlow); one-point irrigation resulting in a thin film of running water (NutrientFlow) and multi-point irrigation as droplets through air (Aeroponic). Second objective was to compare press pots as propagation medium with nutrient solution as propagation medium. The comparison included DeepFlow water-rooted cuttings with either the stem 1 cm into the nutrient solution or with the stem 1 cm above the nutrient solution. Measurements included fresh weight, dry weight, length, water supply, nutrient supply, and oxygen levels. To account for differences in radiation sum received, crop performance was evaluated with Radiation Use Efficiency (RUE) expressed as dry weight over sum of Photosynthetically Active Radiation. The reference, DeepFlow with substrate-based propagation, showed the highest RUE, even while the oxygen supply provided by irrigation was potentially growth limiting. DeepFlow with water-based propagation showed 15-17% lower RUEs than the reference. NutrientFlow showed 8% lower RUE than the reference, in combination with potentially limiting irrigation supply of nutrients and oxygen. Aeroponic showed RUE levels similar to the reference and Aeroponic had non-limiting irrigation supply of water, nutrients, and oxygen. Water-based propagation affected the subsequent cultivation in the DeepFlow negatively compared to substrate-based propagation. Water-based propagation resulted in frequent transient discolorations after transplanting in all cultivation systems, indicating a factor, other than irrigation supply of water, nutrients, and oxygen, influencing plant uptake. Plant uptake rates for water, nutrients, and oxygen are offered as a more fundamental way to compare and improve growing systems.

Maximum Plant Uptakes for Water, Nutrients, and Oxygen Are Not Always Met by Irrigation Rate and Distribution in Water-based Cultivation Systems

PubMed Central

Blok, Chris; Jackson, Brian E.; Guo, Xianfeng; de Visser, Pieter H. B.; Marcelis, Leo F. M.

2017-01-01

Growing on rooting media other than soils in situ -i.e., substrate-based growing- allows for higher yields than soil-based growing as transport rates of water, nutrients, and oxygen in substrate surpass those in soil. Possibly water-based growing allows for even higher yields as transport rates of water and nutrients in water surpass those in substrate, even though the transport of oxygen may be more complex. Transport rates can only limit growth when they are below a rate corresponding to maximum plant uptake. Our first objective was to compare Chrysanthemum growth performance for three water-based growing systems with different irrigation. We compared; multi-point irrigation into a pond (DeepFlow); one-point irrigation resulting in a thin film of running water (NutrientFlow) and multi-point irrigation as droplets through air (Aeroponic). Second objective was to compare press pots as propagation medium with nutrient solution as propagation medium. The comparison included DeepFlow water-rooted cuttings with either the stem 1 cm into the nutrient solution or with the stem 1 cm above the nutrient solution. Measurements included fresh weight, dry weight, length, water supply, nutrient supply, and oxygen levels. To account for differences in radiation sum received, crop performance was evaluated with Radiation Use Efficiency (RUE) expressed as dry weight over sum of Photosynthetically Active Radiation. The reference, DeepFlow with substrate-based propagation, showed the highest RUE, even while the oxygen supply provided by irrigation was potentially growth limiting. DeepFlow with water-based propagation showed 15–17% lower RUEs than the reference. NutrientFlow showed 8% lower RUE than the reference, in combination with potentially limiting irrigation supply of nutrients and oxygen. Aeroponic showed RUE levels similar to the reference and Aeroponic had non-limiting irrigation supply of water, nutrients, and oxygen. Water-based propagation affected the subsequent cultivation in the DeepFlow negatively compared to substrate-based propagation. Water-based propagation resulted in frequent transient discolorations after transplanting in all cultivation systems, indicating a factor, other than irrigation supply of water, nutrients, and oxygen, influencing plant uptake. Plant uptake rates for water, nutrients, and oxygen are offered as a more fundamental way to compare and improve growing systems. PMID:28443129

Major International R and D Ranges and Test Facilities. Summary of Capabilities

DTIC Science & Technology

1990-01-01

with a maximum impulse of firing of large numbers of rounds by a weapon in order to 1500 G and a maximum test item weight of 200 pounds. produce...millimetres may be fired safely, using test item weight of 1,000 pounds. training practice or training practice tracer ammunition. The :ange butts consist of...predictions of coherent sound propagation loss in the ocean. This information is useful in estimating the performance of low-frequency passive sonars

Nickel-chromium-silicon brazing filler metal

DOEpatents

Martini, Angelo J.; Gourley, Bruce R.

1976-01-01

A brazing filler metal containing, by weight percent, 23-35% chromium, 9-12% silicon, a maximum of 0.15% carbon, and the remainder nickel. The maximum amount of elements other than those noted above is 1.00%.

Effect of electron-hole asymmetry on optical conductivity in 8 -P m m n borophene

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Verma, Sonu; Mawrie, Alestin; Ghosh, Tarun Kanti

2017-10-01

We present a detailed theoretical study of the Drude weight and optical conductivity of 8-P m m n borophene having tilted anisotropic Dirac cones. We provide exact analytical expressions of x x and y y components of the Drude weight as well as maximum optical conductivity. We also obtain exact analytical expressions of the minimum energy (ɛ1) required to trigger the optical transitions and energy (ɛ2) needed to attain maximum optical conductivity. We find that the Drude weight and optical conductivity are highly anisotropic as a consequence of the anisotropic Dirac cone. The optical conductivities have a nonmonotonic behavior with photon energy in the regime between ɛ1 and ɛ2, as a result of the tilted parameter vt. The tilted parameter can be extracted by knowing ɛ1 and ɛ2 from optical measurements. The maximum values of the components of the optical conductivity do not depend on the carrier density and the tilted parameter. The product of the maximum values of the anisotropic conductivities has the universal value (e2/4ℏ ) 2. The tilted anisotropic Dirac cones in 8-P m m n borophene can be realized by the optical conductivity measurement.

Step Test: a method for evaluating maximum oxygen consumption to determine the ability kind of work among students of medical emergencies

PubMed Central

Heydari, Payam; Varmazyar, Sakineh; Nikpey, Ahmad; Variani, Ali Safari; Jafarvand, Mojtaba

2017-01-01

Introduction Maximum oxygen consumption shows the maximum oxygen rate of muscle oxygenation that is acceptable in many cases, to measure the fitness between person and the desired job. Given that medical emergencies are important, and difficult jobs in emergency situations require people with high physical ability and readiness for the job, the aim of this study was to evaluate the maximum oxygen consumption, to determine the ability of work type among students of medical emergencies in Qazvin in 2016. Methods This study was a descriptive – analytical, and in cross-sectional type conducted among 36 volunteer students of medical emergencies in Qazvin in 2016. After necessary coordination for the implementation of the study, participants completed health questionnaires and demographic characteristics and then the participants were evaluated with step tests of American College of Sport Medicine (ACSM). Data analysis was done by SPSS version 18 and U-Mann-Whitney tests, Kruskal-Wallis and Pearson correlation coefficient. Results Average of maximum oxygen consumption of the participants was estimated 3.15±0.50 liters per minute. 91.7% of medical emergencies students were selected as appropriate in terms of maximum oxygen consumption and thus had the ability to do heavy and too heavy work. Average of maximum oxygen consumption evaluated by the U-Mann-Whitney test and Kruskal-Wallis, had significant relationship with age (p<0.05) and weight groups (p<0.001). There was a significant positive correlation between maximum oxygen consumption with weight and body mass index (p<0.001). Conclusion The results of this study showed that demographic variables of weight and body mass index are the factors influencing the determination of maximum oxygen consumption, as most of the students had the ability to do heavy, and too heavy work. Therefore, people with ability to do average work are not suitable for medical emergency tasks. PMID:28461880

Step Test: a method for evaluating maximum oxygen consumption to determine the ability kind of work among students of medical emergencies.

PubMed

Heydari, Payam; Varmazyar, Sakineh; Nikpey, Ahmad; Variani, Ali Safari; Jafarvand, Mojtaba

2017-03-01

Maximum oxygen consumption shows the maximum oxygen rate of muscle oxygenation that is acceptable in many cases, to measure the fitness between person and the desired job. Given that medical emergencies are important, and difficult jobs in emergency situations require people with high physical ability and readiness for the job, the aim of this study was to evaluate the maximum oxygen consumption, to determine the ability of work type among students of medical emergencies in Qazvin in 2016. This study was a descriptive - analytical, and in cross-sectional type conducted among 36 volunteer students of medical emergencies in Qazvin in 2016. After necessary coordination for the implementation of the study, participants completed health questionnaires and demographic characteristics and then the participants were evaluated with step tests of American College of Sport Medicine (ACSM). Data analysis was done by SPSS version 18 and U-Mann-Whitney tests, Kruskal-Wallis and Pearson correlation coefficient. Average of maximum oxygen consumption of the participants was estimated 3.15±0.50 liters per minute. 91.7% of medical emergencies students were selected as appropriate in terms of maximum oxygen consumption and thus had the ability to do heavy and too heavy work. Average of maximum oxygen consumption evaluated by the U-Mann-Whitney test and Kruskal-Wallis, had significant relationship with age (p<0.05) and weight groups (p<0.001). There was a significant positive correlation between maximum oxygen consumption with weight and body mass index (p<0.001). The results of this study showed that demographic variables of weight and body mass index are the factors influencing the determination of maximum oxygen consumption, as most of the students had the ability to do heavy, and too heavy work. Therefore, people with ability to do average work are not suitable for medical emergency tasks.

14 CFR 29.321 - General.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... load factor must be assumed to act normal to the longitudinal axis of the rotorcraft, and to be equal... from the design minimum weight to the design maximum weight; and (2) With any practical distribution of...

The free growth criterion for grain initiation in TiB 2 inoculated γ-titanium aluminide based alloys

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Gosslar, D.; Günther, R.

2014-02-01

γ-titanium aluminide (γ-TiAl) based alloys enable for the design of light-weight and high-temperature resistant engine components. This work centers on a numerical study of the condition for grain initiation during solidification of TiB2 inoculated γ-TiAl based alloys. Grain initiation is treated according to the so-called free growth criterion. This means that the free growth barrier for grain initiation is determined by the maximum interfacial mean curvature between a nucleus and the melt. The strategy presented in this paper relies on iteratively increasing the volume of a nucleus, which partially wets a hexagonal TiB2 crystal, minimizing the interfacial energy and calculating the corresponding interfacial curvature. The hereby obtained maximum curvature yields a scaling relation between the size of TiB2 crystals and the free growth barrier. Comparison to a prototypical TiB2 crystal in an as cast γ-TiAl based alloy allowed then to predict the free growth barrier prevailing under experimental conditions. The validity of the free growth criterion is discussed by an interfacial energy criterion.

A weight limit emerges for neutron stars

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cho, Adrian

2018-02-01

Astrophysicists have long wondered how massive a neutron star—the corpse of certain exploding stars—could be without collapsing under its own gravity to form a black hole. Now, four teams have independently deduced a mass limit for neutron stars of about 2.2 times the mass of the sun. To do so, all four groups analyzed last year's blockbuster observations of the merger of two neutron stars, spied on 17 September 2017 by dozens of observatories. That approach may seem unpromising, as it might appear that the merging neutron stars would have immediately produced a black hole. However, the researchers argue that the merger first produced a spinning, overweight neutron star momentarily propped up by centrifugal force. They deduce that just before it collapsed, the short-lived neutron star had to be near the maximum mass for one spinning as a solid body. That inference allowed them to use a scaling relationship to estimate the maximum mass of a nonrotating, stable neutron star, starting from the total mass of the original pair and the amount of matter spewed into space.

Effects of squat lift training and free weight muscle training on maximum lifting load and isolinetic peak torque of young adults without impairments.

PubMed

Yeung, S S; Ng, G Y

2000-06-01

Manual lifting is a frequent cause of back injury, and there is no evidence as to which training mode can provide the best training effect for lifting performance and muscle force. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a squat lift training and a free weight muscle training program on the maximum lifting load and isokinetic peak torque in subjects without known neuromuscular or musculoskeletal impairments. Thirty-six adults (20 male, 16 female) without known neuromuscular or musculoskeletal impairments participated. The subjects' mean age was 21.25 years (SD=1.16, range=20-24). Subjects were divided into 3 groups. Subjects in group 1 (n=12) performed squat lift training. Subjects in group 2 (n=12) participated in free weight resistance training of their shoulder abductors, elbow flexors, knee extensors and trunk extensors. Subjects in group 3 (n=12) served as controls. The maximum lifting load and isokinetic peak torques of the trunk extensors, knee extensors, elbow flexors, and shoulder abductors of each subject were measured before and after the study. Training was conducted on alternate days for 4 weeks, with an initial load of 80% of each subject's maximum capacity and with the load increased by 5% weekly. All groups were comparable for all measured variables before the study. After 4 weeks, subjects in groups 1 and 2 demonstrated more improvement in maximum lifting load and isokinetic peak torque of the back extensors compared with the subjects in group 3, but the 2 training groups were not different. The findings demonstrate that both squat lift and free weight resistance training are equally effective in improving the lifting load and isokinetic back extension performance of individuals without impairments.

Alterations in apparent diffusion coefficient values of the kidney during the cardiac cycle: Evaluation with ECG-triggered diffusion-weighted MR imaging.

PubMed

Ito, Katsuyoshi; Hayashida, Minoru; Kanki, Akihiko; Yamamoto, Akira; Tamada, Tsutomu; Yoshida, Koji; Tanabe, Masahiro

2018-05-17

To evaluate dynamic changes in apparent diffusion coefficient (ADC) values of the kidney at different time points during the cardiac cycle using electrocardiographic (ECG)-triggered diffusion-weighted MR imaging in normal subjects, and to elucidate the differences in ADC values between the right and left kidneys during a cardiac cycle. The study was approved by our institutional review board and informed consent was obtained from subjects. Twenty healthy volunteers who underwent ECG-triggered diffusion-weighted MR imaging of the kidney were included. The differences in ADC values of each kidney during different cardiac phases were compared. Additionally, the differences in maximum and minimum ADC values between the right and left kidney were also evaluated. ADC values in the right and left kidney changed significantly during the cardiac cycle (P < 0.00001). Maximum and minimum ADC values during the cardiac cycle of the left kidney were significantly higher (P = 0.026 and 0.017, respectively) than those of the right kidney. Maximum ADC value in the left kidney had a significantly strong positive correlation with the left renal vein ratio (r = 0.83, P < 0.00001). In the right kidney, maximum ADC showed a weakly positive correlation with the diameter of the right renal vein (r = 0.45, P = 0.048). ADC values of the kidney obtained using ECG-triggered diffusion-weighted MR imaging change significantly during the cardiac cycle. Maximum (systolic) ADC during the cardiac cycle of the left kidney was significantly higher than that of the right kidney, probably due to the anatomical difference in the renal vein. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Algal culture studies related to a closed ecological life support system

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Radmer, R.; Behrens, P.; Fernandez, E.; Ollinger, O.; Howell, C.

1984-01-01

Studies on the steady-state long-term (4 month) culture of Scenedesmus obliquus algae, maintained in an annular air-lift column operated as a turbidostat, were carried out to evaluate the life-supporting possibilities of this system. Chlorophyll production and cell number as functions of the dry weight were linear at constant illumination. Productivity (measured as the product of dry weight, mg/ml, and the growth rate, ml/hr) vs. dry weight rose linearly until the cell density reached a level at which light became limiting (89 percent absorption of the photosynthetically active radiation). In the initial, linear portion of the curve, the productivity was limited by cell growth at the given light intensity. The maximum dilution rate of the system corresponded to the doubling time of 13.4 hr, about half the maximum rate, with a productivity of 80 percent of the maximum theoretical productivity. The high light utilization efficiencies were contributed by the low (10 percent of full sunlight) incident intensities.

46 CFR 172.087 - Cargo loading assumptions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... this subpart must be done for cargo weights and densities up to and including the maximum that is to be... condition of loading and operation, each cargo tank must be assumed to have its maximum free surface. ...

46 CFR 172.087 - Cargo loading assumptions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... this subpart must be done for cargo weights and densities up to and including the maximum that is to be... condition of loading and operation, each cargo tank must be assumed to have its maximum free surface. ...

46 CFR 172.087 - Cargo loading assumptions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... this subpart must be done for cargo weights and densities up to and including the maximum that is to be... condition of loading and operation, each cargo tank must be assumed to have its maximum free surface. ...

46 CFR 172.087 - Cargo loading assumptions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... this subpart must be done for cargo weights and densities up to and including the maximum that is to be... condition of loading and operation, each cargo tank must be assumed to have its maximum free surface. ...

46 CFR 172.087 - Cargo loading assumptions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... this subpart must be done for cargo weights and densities up to and including the maximum that is to be... condition of loading and operation, each cargo tank must be assumed to have its maximum free surface. ...

Data and performances of selected aircraft and rotorcraft

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Filippone, Antonio

2000-11-01

The purpose of this article is to provide a synthetic and comparative view of selected aircraft and rotorcraft (nearly 300 of them) from past and present. We report geometric characteristics of wings (wing span, areas, aspect-ratios, sweep angles, dihedral/anhedral angles, thickness ratios at root and tips, taper ratios) and rotor blades (type of rotor, diameter, number of blades, solidity, rpm, tip Mach numbers); aerodynamic data (drag coefficients at zero lift, cruise and maximum absolute glide ratio); performances (wing and disk loadings, maximum absolute Mach number, cruise Mach number, service ceiling, rate of climb, centrifugal acceleration limits, maximum take-off weight, maximum payload, thrust-to-weight ratios). There are additional data on wing types, high-lift devices, noise levels at take-off and landing. The data are presented on tables for each aircraft class. A graphic analysis offers a comparative look at all types of data. Accuracy levels are provided wherever available.

Fabrication and Analysis Signal Optical Fiber Sensor Based On Bend Loss for Weight in Motion Applications

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Aftah Syukron, Ahmad; Marzuki, Ahmad; Setyawan, Ary

2017-11-01

Road network plays very important role in economic development. Overweight is one of the main factors contributing to road damage. To minimize this factor, road authority has to make sure that all vehicles operate in according to maximum vehicle regulation set by the government. The one solution can use from this problem is Weight in motion (WIM) technology. WIM technology allows measuring vehicle weight quickly. The sensor is one of the important components in the WIM system. This paper presents a model of WIM fiber sensor work based on bend loss. Fiber sensor has made by coiling optical fiber. Coiling optical fiber has managed in the elliptical shape rubber coil. Rubber coil then is planted in the pad of sensor. The principle of this sensor is a detecting of the shift light intensity output of optical fiber when the vehicles a passing through on fiber sensor. Loading was carried out using loaded truck model. Data was carried out with variations of load and load positions in the truck. The results can be concluded that the shift light intensity is greater with the more shift loads. The loader of the truck has also resulted in the greater loss. Loads in the truck distributed on the axles due to the position of loads.

A comparative study of energy balance among housewives of Ludhiana city.

PubMed

Kaur, N; Mann, S K; Sidhu, P; Sangha, J K

1997-01-01

Energy gap is the main nutritional factor which affects work efficiency in all age groups. The low intake of food results in impaired working efficiency and a low level of vitality. Energy balance was evaluated among 30 healthy, nonpregnant, nonlactating housewives aged 29-40 years drawn from the campus of Punjab Agricultural University and its surrounding areas. The women's mean overall energy intake was 1777 +or- 31 kcal/day, 87% of the ICMR (1990) recommended allowances. Total energy expenditure was measured using a computer-based Nutriguide program of Song et al., Caltrac, FAO/WHO/UNU (1985) equations based upon body weight, and an ICMR (1990) prediction equation also based upon body weight. Statistical analysis identified a significant difference in the energy expenditure measured by all 4 methods except between the FAO/WHO/UNU and ICMR prediction equations. The overall energy balance was maximum and positive according to Caltrac at 4.5 kcal/day. The energy expenditure measured by the Nutriguide, FAO/WHO/UNU, and ICMR methods was significantly correlated to weight. Energy intake was significantly and highly correlated to energy balance in all of the 4 methods. While the subjects were overweight when compared with Life Insurance Corporation of India (1965) Standards, the women's body mass index of 23.11 kg/sq.m was within the normal range.

Minimum Expected Risk Estimation for Near-neighbor Classification

DTIC Science & Technology

2006-04-01

We consider the problems of class probability estimation and classification when using near-neighbor classifiers, such as k-nearest neighbors ( kNN ...estimate for weighted kNN classifiers with different prior information, for a broad class of risk functions. Theory and simulations show how significant...the difference is compared to the standard maximum likelihood weighted kNN estimates. Comparisons are made with uniform weights, symmetric weights

Constitutional basis of longevity in the cetacea: do the whales and the terrestrial mammals obey the same laws

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Sacher, G.A.

1978-01-01

The maximum lifespans in captivity for terrestrial mammalian species can be estimated by means of a multiple linear regression of logarithm of lifespan (L) on the logarithm of adult brain weight (E) and body weight (S). This paper describes the application of regression formulas based on data from terrestrial mammals to the estimation of odontocete and mysticete lifespans. The regression formulas predict cetacean lifespans that are in accord with the data on maximum cetacean lifespans obtained in recent years by objective age determination procedures. More remarkable is the correct prediction by the regression formulas that the odontocete species have nearlymore » constant lifespans, almost independent of body weight over a 300:1 body weight range. This prediction is a consequence of the fact, remarkable in itself, that over this body weight range the Odontoceti have a brain:body allometric slope of 1/3, as compared to a slope of 2/3 for the Mammalia as a whole.« less

Guidelines for developing spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations for Space Station contaminants

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

1992-01-01

The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) is preparing to launch a manned space station by the year 1996. Because of concerns about the health, safety, and functioning abilities of the crews, NASA has requested that the National Research Council (NRC) through the Board on Environmental Studies and Toxicology (BEST) provide advice on toxicological matters for the space-station program. The Subcommittee on Guidelines for Developing Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Space Station Contaminants was established by the Committee on Toxicology (COT) to address NASA's concerns. Spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations (SMAC's) are defined as the maximum concentrations of airborne substances (such as gas, vapor, or aerosol) that will not cause adverse health effects, significant discomfort, or degradation in crew performance.

42 CFR 457.555 - Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted low-income children in families with income...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

...-emergency use of the emergency room. For Federal FY 2009, for targeted low-income children whose household...-institutional services, up to a maximum amount of $11.35 for services furnished in a hospital emergency room if... 42 Public Health 4 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted...

42 CFR 457.555 - Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted low-income children in families with income...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

...-emergency use of the emergency room. For Federal FY 2009, for targeted low-income children whose household...-institutional services, up to a maximum amount of $11.35 for services furnished in a hospital emergency room if... 42 Public Health 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Maximum allowable cost-sharing charges on targeted...

Complex analysis of movement in evaluation of flat bench press performance.

PubMed

Król, Henryk; Golas, Artur; Sobota, Grzegorz

2010-01-01

The complex methodology of investigations was applied to study a movement structure on bench press. We have checked the usefulness of multimodular measuring system (SMART-E, BTS company, Italy) and a special device for tracking the position of barbell (pantograph). Software Smart Analyser was used to create a database allowing chosen parameters to be compared. The results from different measuring devices are very similar, therefore the replacement of many devices by one multimodular system is reasonable. In our study, the effect of increased barbell load on the values of muscles activity and bar kinematics during the flat bench press movement was clearly visible. The greater the weight of a barbell, the greater the myoactivity of shoulder muscles and vertical velocity of the bar. It was also confirmed the presence of the so-called sticking point (period) during the concentric phase of the bench press. In this study, the initial velocity of the barbell decreased (v(min)) not only under submaximal and maximal loads (90 and 100% of the one repetition maximum; 1-RM), but also under slightly lighter weights (70 and 80% of 1-RM).

Annoyance caused by propeller airplane flyover noise

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Mccurdy, D. A.; Powell, C. A.

1984-01-01

Laboratory experiments were conducted to provide information on quantifying the annoyance response of people to propeller airplane noise. The items of interest were current noise metrics, tone corrections, duration corrections, critical band corrections, and the effects of engine type, operation type, maximum takeoff weight, blade passage frequency, and blade tip speed. In each experiment, 64 subjects judged the annoyance of recordings of propeller and jet airplane operations presented at d-weighted sound pressure levels of 70, 80, and 90 dB in a testing room which simulates the outdoor acoustic environment. The first experiment examined 11 propeller airplanes with maximum takeoff weights greater than or equal to 5700 kg. The second experiment examined 14 propeller airplanes weighting 5700 kg or less. Five jet airplanes were included in each experiment. For both the heavy and light propeller airplanes, perceived noise level and perceived level (Stevens Mark VII procedure) predicted annoyance better than other current noise metrics.

Reconnaissance investigation of water quality, bottom sediment, and biota associated with irrigation drainage in the Lower Rio Grande Valley and Laguna Atascosa National Wildlife Refuge, Texas, 1986-87

USGS Publications Warehouse

Wells, Frank C.; Jackson, Gerry A.; Rogers, William J.

1988-01-01

Toxaphene was detected in 11 fish samples; detectable concentrations ranged from 0.98 to 5.1 micrograms per gram, wet weight. DOT also was detected in 11 fish samples with concentrations ranging from 0.021 to 0.066 micrograms per gram, wet weight. ODD was detected in 21 fish samples; concentrations ranged from 0.015 to 0.16 micrograms per gram, wet weight. DDE was detected in all 22 fish samples, and concentrations ranged from 0.36 to 9.9 micrograms per gram, wet weight. The maximum concentrations of DOT and ODD exceeded the 1980-81 baseline concentrations. The median and maximum concentrations of toxaphene and DDE exceeded the 1980-81 baseline concentrations. The largest concentrations of toxaphene, ODD, and DDE in fish were all measured in samples collected at the Main Floodway near Progreso.

The OPEnSampler: A Low-Cost, Low-Weight, Customizable and Modular Open Source 24-Unit Automatic Water Sampler

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nelke, M.; Selker, J. S.; Udell, C.

2017-12-01

Reliable automatic water samplers allow repetitive sampling of various water sources over long periods of time without requiring a researcher on site, reducing human error as well as the monetary and time costs of traveling to the field, particularly when the scale of the sample period is hours or days. The high fixed cost of buying a commercial sampler with little customizability can be a barrier to research requiring repetitive samples, such as the analysis of septic water pre- and post-treatment. DIY automatic samplers proposed in the past sacrifice maximum volume, customizability, or scope of applications, among other features, in exchange for a lower net cost. The purpose of this project was to develop a low-cost, highly customizable, robust water sampler that is capable of sampling many sources of water for various analytes. A lightweight aluminum-extrusion frame was designed and assembled, chosen for its mounting system, strength, and low cost. Water is drawn from two peristaltic pumps through silicone tubing and directed into 24 foil-lined 250mL bags using solenoid valves. A programmable Arduino Uno microcontroller connected to a circuit board communicates with a battery operated real-time clock, initiating sampling stages. Period and volume settings are programmable in-field by the user via serial commands. The OPEnSampler is an open design, allowing the user to decide what components to use and the modular theme of the frame allows fast mounting of new manufactured or 3D printed components. The 24-bag system weighs less than 10kg and the material cost is under $450. Up to 6L of sample water can be drawn at a rate of 100mL/minute in either direction. Faster flowrates are achieved by using more powerful peristaltic pumps. Future design changes could allow a greater maximum volume by filling the unused space with more containers and adding GSM communications to send real time status information.

Spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations for selected airborne contaminants, volume 1

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

1994-01-01

As part of its efforts to promote safe conditions aboard spacecraft, NASA requested the National Research Council (NRC) to develop guidelines for establishing spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations (SMAC's) for contaminants, and to review SMAC's for various spacecraft contaminants to determine whether NASA's recommended exposure limits are consistent with the guidelines recommended by the subcommittee. In response to NASA's request, the NRC organized the Subcommittee on Guidelines for Developing Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Space Station Contaminants within the Committee on Toxicology (COT). In the first phase of its work, the subcommittee developed the criteria and methods for preparing SMAC's for spacecraft contaminants. The subcommittee's report, entitled Guidelines for Developing Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Space Station Contaminants, was published in 1992. The executive summary of that report is reprinted as Appendix A of this volume. In the second phase of the study, the Subcommittee on Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations reviewed reports prepared by NASA scientists and contractors recommending SMAC's for 35 spacecraft contaminants. The subcommittee sought to determine whether the SMAC reports were consistent with the 1992 guidelines. Appendix B of this volume contains the first 11 SMAC reports that have been reviewed for their application of the guidelines developed in the first phase of this activity and approved by the subcommittee.

Inaccuracy of a physical strain trainer for the monitoring of partial weight bearing.

PubMed

Pauser, Johannes; Jendrissek, Andreas; Swoboda, Bernd; Gelse, Kolja; Carl, Hans-Dieter

2011-11-01

To investigate the use of a physical strain trainer for the monitoring of partial weight bearing. Case series with healthy volunteers. Orthopedic clinic. Healthy volunteers (N=10) with no history of foot complaints. Volunteers were taught to limit weight bearing to 10% body weight (BW) and 50% BW, monitored by a physical strain trainer. The parameters peak pressure, maximum force, force-time integral, and pressure-time integral were assessed by dynamic pedobarography when volunteers walked with full BW (condition 1), 50% BW (condition 2), and 10% BW (condition 3). With 10% BW (condition 3), forces with normative gait (condition 1) were statistically significantly reduced under the hindfoot where the physical strain trainer is placed. All pedobarographic parameters were, however, exceeded when the total foot was measured. A limitation to 10% BW with the physical strain trainer (condition 3) was equal to a bisection of peak pressure and maximum force for the total foot with normative gait (condition 1). Halved BW (condition 2) left a remaining mean 82% of peak pressure and mean 59% of maximum force from full BW (condition 1). The concept of controlling partial weight bearing with the hindfoot-addressing device does not represent complete foot loading. Such devices may be preferably applied in cases when the hindfoot in particular must be off-loaded. Other training devices (eg, biofeedback soles) that monitor forces of the total foot have to be used to control partial weight bearing of the lower limb accurately. Copyright © 2011 American Congress of Rehabilitation Medicine. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

Quantifying precision of in situ length and weight measurements of fish

USGS Publications Warehouse

Gutreuter, S.; Krzoska, D.J.

1994-01-01

We estimated and compared errors in field-made (in situ) measurements of lengths and weights of fish. We made three measurements of length and weight on each of 33 common carp Cyprinus carpio, and on each of a total of 34 bluegills Lepomis macrochirus and black crappies Pomoxis nigromaculatus. Maximum total lengths of all fish were measured to the nearest 1 mm on a conventional measuring board. The bluegills and black crappies (85–282 mm maximum total length) were weighed to the nearest 1 g on a 1,000-g spring-loaded scale. The common carp (415–600 mm maximum total length) were weighed to the nearest 0.05 kg on a 20-kg spring-loaded scale. We present a statistical model for comparison of coefficients of variation of length (Cl ) and weight (Cw ). Expected Cl was near zero and constant across mean length, indicating that length can be measured with good precision in the field. Expected Cw decreased with increasing mean length, and was larger than expected Cl by 5.8 to over 100 times for the bluegills and black crappies, and by 3 to over 20 times for the common carp. Unrecognized in situ weighing errors bias the apparent content of unique information in weight, which is the information not explained by either length or measurement error. We recommend procedures to circumvent effects of weighing errors, including elimination of unnecessary weighing from routine monitoring programs. In situ weighing must be conducted with greater care than is common if the content of unique and nontrivial information in weight is to be correctly identified.

The role of silver in the processing and properties of Bi-2212

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Lang, TH.; Heeb, B.; Buhl, D.; Gauckler, L. J.

1995-01-01

The influence of the silver content and the oxygen partial pressure on the solidus temperature and the weight loss during melting of Bi2Sr2Ca1Cu2O(x) has been examined by means of DTA and TGA. By decreasing the oxygen partial pressure the solidus is lowered (e.g. del T = 59 C by decreasing pO2 from 1 atm to 0.001 atm) and the weight loss is increased. The addition of silver causes two effects: (1) the solidus is further decreased (e.g. 2 wt% Ag lower T (solidus) by up to 25 C, depending on the oxygen partial pressure); and (2) the weight loss during melting is reduced. Thick films (10-20 micron in thickness) with 0 and 5 wt% silver and bulk samples with) and 2.7 wt% silver were melt processed in flowing oxygen on a silver substrate in the DTA, allowing the observation of the melting process and a good temperature control. The critical current densities are vigorously dependent on the maximum processing temperature. The highest j(sub c) in thick films (8000 A/sq cm at 77 K, O T) was reached by melting 7 C above the solidus temperature. The silver addition shows no significant effect on the processing parameters or the superconducting properties. The highest j(sub c) for bulk samples (1 mm in thickness) was obtained by partial melting at 900 C or 880 C, depending on the silver content of the powder (0 or 2.7 wt%). The j(sub c) of the samples is slightly enhanced from 1800 A/sq cm (at 77 K, O T) to 2000 A/sq cm by the silver addition. To be able to reach at least 80% of the maximum critical current density, the temperature has to be controlled in a window of 5 C for thick films and 17 C for bulk samples.

Deficit irrigation strategies combined with controlled atmosphere preserve quality in early peaches.

PubMed

Falagán, Natalia; Artés, Francisco; Gómez, Perla A; Artés-Hernández, Francisco; Conejero, Wenceslao; Aguayo, Encarna

2015-10-01

Due to the water scarcity in the Mediterranean countries, irrigation must be optimized while keeping fruit quality. The effect of deficit irrigation strategies on changes in quality parameters of the early "Flordastar" peaches was studied. The deficit irrigation was programmed according to signal intensity of the maximum daily trunk shrinkage; deficit irrigation plants were irrigated to maintain maximum daily trunk shrinkage signal intensity values close to 1.4 or 1.3 in the case of DI1 or DI2 plants, respectively. Results were compared to a control watered at 150% crop evapotranspiration. Fruits were stored up to 14 days at 0 ℃ and 95% Relative Humidity (RH) in air or in controlled atmosphere (controlled atmosphere; 3-4 kPa O2 and 12-14 kPa CO2), followed by a retail sale period of 4 days at 15 ℃ and 90-95% Relative Humidity in air. Weight losses were lower in controlled atmosphere stored peaches from deficit irrigation. Air-stored fruits developed a more intense red color due to a faster ripening, which was not affected by the type of watering. At harvest, deficit irrigation peaches showed higher soluble solids content, which provided a better sensory evaluation. The soluble phenolic content was initially higher (55.26 ± 0.18 mg gallic acid equivalents/100 g fresh weight) and more stable throughout postharvest life in DI1 fruits than in those from the other irrigation treatments. Concerning vitamin C, control fruits at harvest showed higher ascorbic acid than dehydroascorbic acid content (5.43 versus 2.43 mg/100 g fresh weight, respectively), while water stressed peaches showed the opposite results. The combination of DI2 and controlled atmosphere storage allowed saving a significant amount of water and provided peaches with good overall quality, maintaining the bioactive compounds analyzed. © The Author(s) 2014.

Morphological studies of sulfonated polystyrene and sulfonated EPDM ionomers

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Jackson, D.A.

1992-12-31

Two ionomer systems have been investigated in this research. Sulfonated polystyrene (SPS) is a typical random ionomer and is a good material for studies into the nature of phase separation in ionomers. A series of narrow molecular weight distribution (MWD) zinc neutralized SPS samples of varying sulfonation levels were prepared and analyzed through small angle x-ray scattering (SAXS). Results indicated that the correlation distance varied with both molecular weight and sulfonation level. Increases in the position of the scattering maximum with sulfonation level is the result of a greater number of ionic groups. Increasing molecular weight led to the movementmore » of the scattering maximum to smaller scattering vectors, an indication of larger distances. It was also observed that ionomer peak occurred at smaller scattering vectors for the narrow MWD samples than in corresponding materials of greater dispersity. SAXS was also used to examine the morphology of zinc stearate (ZnSt) filled sulfonated EPDM (S-EPDM) ionomers and the nature of the interaction between the plasticizer and the ionomer. S-EPDM is a material that may find use as a thermoplastic elastomer, although its melt viscosity is too high to allow for convenient processing. The addition of of ZnSt as a plasticizer greatly reduces the melt viscosity of S-EPDM. ZnSt exists in this system as very small crystallites which are associated with ionic groups. As the temperature is increased, the crystallites anneal briefly into larger crystals before melting and diffusing into the S-EPDM matrix. Above the melting temperature of the ZnSt, it solvates the ionic groups of the ionomer, decreasing their self-association and the viscosity of the system. Increasing ZnSt loading is seen in the SAXS as an increase in scattering in the low angle region. However, this increase in intensity is not linear with concentration, showing that ZnSt exists in different environments at higher concentrations.« less

Development of a source-exposure matrix for occupational exposure assessment of electromagnetic fields in the INTEROCC study.

PubMed

Vila, Javier; Bowman, Joseph D; Figuerola, Jordi; Moriña, David; Kincl, Laurel; Richardson, Lesley; Cardis, Elisabeth

2017-07-01

To estimate occupational exposures to electromagnetic fields (EMF) for the INTEROCC study, a database of source-based measurements extracted from published and unpublished literature resources had been previously constructed. The aim of the current work was to summarize these measurements into a source-exposure matrix (SEM), accounting for their quality and relevance. A novel methodology for combining available measurements was developed, based on order statistics and log-normal distribution characteristics. Arithmetic and geometric means, and estimates of variability and maximum exposure were calculated by EMF source, frequency band and dosimetry type. The mean estimates were weighted by our confidence in the pooled measurements. The SEM contains confidence-weighted mean and maximum estimates for 312 EMF exposure sources (from 0 Hz to 300 GHz). Operator position geometric mean electric field levels for radiofrequency (RF) sources ranged between 0.8 V/m (plasma etcher) and 320 V/m (RF sealer), while magnetic fields ranged from 0.02 A/m (speed radar) to 0.6 A/m (microwave heating). For extremely low frequency sources, electric fields ranged between 0.2 V/m (electric forklift) and 11,700 V/m (high-voltage transmission line-hotsticks), whereas magnetic fields ranged between 0.14 μT (visual display terminals) and 17 μT (tungsten inert gas welding). The methodology developed allowed the construction of the first EMF-SEM and may be used to summarize similar exposure data for other physical or chemical agents.

Correlation of spatial climate/weather maps and the advantages of using the Mahalanobis metric in predictions

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Stephenson, D. B.

1997-10-01

The skill in predicting spatially varying weather/climate maps depends on the definition of the measure of similarity between the maps. Under the justifiable approximation that the anomaly maps are distributed multinormally, it is shown analytically that the choice of weighting metric, used in defining the anomaly correlation between spatial maps, can change the resulting probability distribution of the correlation coefficient. The estimate of the numbers of degrees of freedom based on the variance of the correlation distribution can vary from unity up to the number of grid points depending on the choice of weighting metric. The (pseudo-) inverse of the sample covariance matrix acts as a special choice for the metric in that it gives a correlation distribution which has minimal kurtosis and maximum dimension. Minimal kurtosis suggests that the average predictive skill might be improved due to the rarer occurrence of troublesome outlier patterns far from the mean state. Maximum dimension has a disadvantage for analogue prediction schemes in that it gives the minimum number of analogue states. This metric also has an advantage in that it allows one to powerfully test the null hypothesis of multinormality by examining the second and third moments of the correlation coefficient which were introduced by Mardia as invariant measures of multivariate kurtosis and skewness. For these reasons, it is suggested that this metric could be usefully employed in the prediction of weather/climate and in fingerprinting anthropogenic climate change. The ideas are illustrated using the bivariate example of the observed monthly mean sea-level pressures at Darwin and Tahitifrom 1866 1995.

Combining Sense and Intelligence for Smart Structures

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

2002-01-01

IFOS developed the I*Sense technology with assistance from a NASA Langley Research Center SBIR contract. NASA and IFOS collaborated to create sensing network designs that have high sensitivity, low power consumption, and significant potential for mass production. The joint- research effort led to the development of a module that is rugged, compact and light-weight, and immune to electromagnetic interference. These features make the I*Sense multisensor arrays favorable for smart structure applications, including smart buildings, bridges, highways, dams, power plants, ships, and oil tankers, as well as space vehicles, space stations, and other space structures. For instance, the system can be used as an early warning and detection device, with alarms being set to monitor the maximum allowable strain and stress values at various points of a given structure.

49 CFR 529.6 - Requirements for final-stage manufacturers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION MANUFACTURERS OF MULTISTAGE AUTOMOBILES § 529... section, each final-stage manufacturer whose manufacturing operations on an incomplete automobile cause the completed automobile to exceed the maximum curb weight or maximum frontal area set forth in the...

49 CFR 529.6 - Requirements for final-stage manufacturers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION MANUFACTURERS OF MULTISTAGE AUTOMOBILES § 529... section, each final-stage manufacturer whose manufacturing operations on an incomplete automobile cause the completed automobile to exceed the maximum curb weight or maximum frontal area set forth in the...

49 CFR 529.6 - Requirements for final-stage manufacturers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION MANUFACTURERS OF MULTISTAGE AUTOMOBILES § 529... section, each final-stage manufacturer whose manufacturing operations on an incomplete automobile cause the completed automobile to exceed the maximum curb weight or maximum frontal area set forth in the...

49 CFR 529.6 - Requirements for final-stage manufacturers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION MANUFACTURERS OF MULTISTAGE AUTOMOBILES § 529... section, each final-stage manufacturer whose manufacturing operations on an incomplete automobile cause the completed automobile to exceed the maximum curb weight or maximum frontal area set forth in the...

49 CFR 529.6 - Requirements for final-stage manufacturers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION MANUFACTURERS OF MULTISTAGE AUTOMOBILES § 529... section, each final-stage manufacturer whose manufacturing operations on an incomplete automobile cause the completed automobile to exceed the maximum curb weight or maximum frontal area set forth in the...

Survey of Occupational Noise Exposure in CF Personnel in Selected High-Risk Trades

DTIC Science & Technology

2003-11-01

peak, maximum level , minimum level , average sound level , time weighted average, dose, projected 8-hour dose, and upper limit time were measured for...10 4.4.2 Maximum Sound Level ...11 4.4.3 Minimum Sound Level

Effects of intravesical hydrostatic pressure and volume on the distensibility of the canine prostatic portion of the urethra.

PubMed

Johnston, G R; Feeney, D A; Osborne, C A; Johnston, S D; Smith, F O; Jessen, C R

1985-03-01

Positive-contrast retrograde urethrocystograms were obtained serially on 12 male dogs weighing 11.4 to 23.2 kg before, during, and after the injection of contrast medium until the urinary bladder neck and prostatic and membranous portions of the urethra remained open and distended as viewed by fluoroscopy. Correlations of intravesical volumes and pressures required to achieve maximum distension of the midprostatic portion of the urethra with body weight and surface area were not significant. Because of the variability in intravesical volumes and pressures encountered at maximum distension of the prostatic portion of the urethra, a dose of contrast material expressed relative to body weight or surface area could not be determined for consistently providing maximum distension of the prostatic portion of the urethra.

[Fishery and biometrics of genus Calappa crabs (Brachyura: Calappidae) in northeastern Venezuela].

PubMed

Alió, José J; Marcano, Luis A; Altuve, Douglas E

2005-01-01

The box crabs, genus Calappa, are important crab species landed by the industrial trawl fleet in Venezuela. These crabs have a wide distribution in the country, from the Gulf of Venezuela to the Orinoco River, but major landings take place in such gulf, near Margarita Island and northern Sucre State. Average annual landing in the eastern region was 69 t during 1970-2001, with a maximum of 221 t. For this study a sample of 2 398 box crabs was collected by observers on board of industrial trawl vessels, which operated in eastern Venezuela from 1994 to 2000. Three species were found in the landings, Calappa sulcata and C. flammea. each represented 47% of the sample, and C. nitida, which accounted for 5% of the sample. Sex ratio was strongly biased towards males in C. sulcata (2.8:1) and in C. flammnea (1.9:1). while it was only slightly biased in C. nitida (1.4:1). Due to its large size, C. sulcuta is of great commercial interest, with average weight 290 g and a maximum weight of 720 g: C. flammea showed an average weight of 140 g and a maximum weight of 418 g, while C. nitida is the smallest species, with average weight 46 g and maximum weight not beyond 113 g. Box crabs were captured by day and night in similar proportions, and were found in a wide depth range, from a few meters to 126 m deep; however, the largest captures were obtained in the interval 38 - 54 m. Regressions between weight of chelae and total weight were linear, and significantly different between sexes. The relation between total weight and carapace width was allometric, with a power exponent ca. three in C. sulcata, and less than three in C. flamea and C. nitida. Females of C. sulcata and C. nitida showed power exponents significantly smaller than males. Since claws are removed from the animal to be commercialized, while the rest of the animal is returned alive to the sea, for practical purposes a common equation among species and sexes to convert claws weight into total body weight is: total weight - 3 x claws weight. The relationship between catch per unit of effort (CPUE) and effort did not show a significantly decreasing trend, but landings follow the effort trend, with a decreasing tendency in recent years. No mature females were found in any of the three species, thus there could be reproductive migrations towards deeper waters from October to January, when abundance of crabs is lower in the study area. It is recommended that the practice of exploiting only one claw, returning the rest of the animal alive to the sea, should be promoted among fishers, while the removal of claws from female crabs should be avoided.

21 CFR 176.300 - Slimicides.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-04-01

...(monobromoacetoxy) ethane [CA Reg. No. 3785-34-0] At a maximum level of 0.10 pound per ton of dry weight fiber. Bis... Methylenebisthiocyanate 2-Nitrobutyl bromoacetate [CA Reg. No. 32815-96-6] At a maximum level of 0.15 pound per ton of dry.... No. 55566-30-8) Maximum use level of 84 mg/kg in the pulp slurry. The additive may also be added to...

Combinatorial Algorithms for Portfolio Optimization Problems - Case of Risk Moderate Investor

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Juarna, A.

2017-03-01

Portfolio optimization problem is a problem of finding optimal combination of n stocks from N ≥ n available stocks that gives maximal aggregate return and minimal aggregate risk. In this paper given N = 43 from the IDX (Indonesia Stock Exchange) group of the 45 most-traded stocks, known as the LQ45, with p = 24 data of monthly returns for each stock, spanned over interval 2013-2014. This problem actually is a combinatorial one where its algorithm is constructed based on two considerations: risk moderate type of investor and maximum allowed correlation coefficient between every two eligible stocks. The main outputs resulted from implementation of the algorithms is a multiple curve of three portfolio’s attributes, e.g. the size, the ratio of return to risk, and the percentage of negative correlation coefficient for every two chosen stocks, as function of maximum allowed correlation coefficient between each two stocks. The output curve shows that the portfolio contains three stocks with ratio of return to risk at 14.57 if the maximum allowed correlation coefficient between every two eligible stocks is negative and contains 19 stocks with maximum allowed correlation coefficient 0.17 to get maximum ratio of return to risk at 25.48.

NDARC NASA Design and Analysis of Rotorcraft - Input, Appendix 4

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Johnson, Wayne

2016-01-01

The NDARC code performs design and analysis tasks. The design task involves sizing the rotorcraft to satisfy specified design conditions and missions. The analysis tasks can include off-design mission performance analysis, flight performance calculation for point operating conditions, and generation of subsystem or component performance maps. The principal tasks (sizing, mission analysis, flight performance analysis) are shown in the figure as boxes with heavy borders. Heavy arrows show control of subordinate tasks. The aircraft description consists of all the information, input and derived, that denes the aircraft. The aircraft consists of a set of components, including fuselage, rotors, wings, tails, and propulsion. This information can be the result of the sizing task; can come entirely from input, for a fixed model; or can come from the sizing task in a previous case or previous job. The aircraft description information is available to all tasks and all solutions. The sizing task determines the dimensions, power, and weight of a rotorcraft that can perform a specified set of design conditions and missions. The aircraft size is characterized by parameters such as design gross weight, weight empty, rotor radius, and engine power available. The relations between dimensions, power, and weight generally require an iterative solution. From the design flight conditions and missions, the task can determine the total engine power or the rotor radius (or both power and radius can be fixed), as well as the design gross weight, maximum takeoff weight, drive system torque limit, and fuel tank capacity. For each propulsion group, the engine power or the rotor radius can be sized. Missions are defined for the sizing task, and for the mission performance analysis. A mission consists of a number of mission segments, for which time, distance, and fuel burn are evaluated. For the sizing task, certain missions are designated to be used for design gross weight calculations; for transmission sizing; and for fuel tank sizing. The mission parameters include mission takeoff gross weight and useful load. For specified takeoff fuel weight with adjustable segments, the mission time or distance is adjusted so the fuel required for the mission equals the takeoff fuel weight. The mission iteration is on fuel weight or energy. Flight conditions are specified for the sizing task, and for the flight performance analysis. For the sizing task, certain flight conditions are designated to be used for design gross weight calculations; for transmission sizing; for maximum takeoff weight calculations; and for anti-torque or auxiliary thrust rotor sizing. The flight condition parameters include gross weight and useful load. For flight conditions and mission takeoff, the gross weight can be maximized, such that the power required equals the power available. A flight state is defined for each mission segment and each flight condition. The aircraft performance can be analyzed for the specified state, or a maximum effort performance can be identified. The maximum effort is specified in terms of a quantity such as best endurance or best range, and a variable such as speed, rate of climb, or altitude.

The NACA Impact Basin and Water Landing Tests of a Float Model at Various Velocities and Weights

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Batterson, Sidney A

1944-01-01

The first data obtained in the United States under the controlled testing conditions necessary for establishing relationships among the numerous parameters involved when a float having both horizontal and vertical velocity contacts a water surface are presented. The data were obtained at the NACA impact basin. The report is confined to a presentation of the relationship between resultant velocity and impact normal acceleration for various float weights when all other parameters are constant. Analysis of the experimental results indicated that the maximum impact normal acceleration was proportional to the square of the resultant velocity, that increases in float weight resulted in decreases in the maximum impact normal acceleration, and that an increase in the flight-path angle caused increased impact normal acceleration.

16 CFR Appendix to Part 460 - Exemptions

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... relationship between R-value and density or weight per square foot are exempted from the requirements in §§ 460.12(b)(2) and 460.13(c)(1) that they disclose minimum weight per square foot for R-values listed on... sheets of the maximum weight per square foot for each R-value required to be listed. 46 FR 22179 (1981...

16 CFR Appendix to Part 460 - Exemptions

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... relationship between R-value and density or weight per square foot are exempted from the requirements in §§ 460.12(b)(2) and 460.13(c)(1) that they disclose minimum weight per square foot for R-values listed on... sheets of the maximum weight per square foot for each R-value required to be listed. 46 FR 22179 (1981...

Posterior Shift of Contact Point between Femoral Component and Polyethylene in the LCS Rotating Platform Implant under Weight Bearing Condition.

PubMed

Oh, Won Seok; Lee, Yong Seuk; Kim, Byung Kak; Sim, Jae Ang; Lee, Beom Koo

2016-06-01

To analyze the contact mechanics of the femoral component and polyethylene of the Low Contact Stress rotating platform (LCS-RP) in nonweight bearing and weight bearing conditions using full flexion lateral radiographs. From May 2009 to December 2013, 58 knees in 41 patients diagnosed with osteoarthritis and treated with total knee arthroplasty (TKA) were included in this study. TKA was performed using an LCS-RP knee prosthesis. Full flexion lateral radiographs in both weight bearing and nonweight bearing condition were taken at least one month postoperatively (average, 28.8 months). Translation of femoral component was determined by the contact point between the femoral component and polyethylene. Maximum flexion was measured as the angle between the lines drawn at the midpoint of the femur and tibia. Posterior shift of the contact point in LCS-RP TKA was observed under weight bearing condition, which resulted in deeper flexion compared to LCS-RP TKA under nonweight bearing condition. In the LCS-RP TKA, the contact point between the femoral component and polyethylene moved posteriorly under weight bearing condition, and the joint was more congruent and maximum flexion increased with weight bearing.

Weighted reciprocal of temperature, weighted thermal flux, and their applications in finite-time thermodynamics.

PubMed

Sheng, Shiqi; Tu, Z C

2014-01-01

The concepts of weighted reciprocal of temperature and weighted thermal flux are proposed for a heat engine operating between two heat baths and outputting mechanical work. With the aid of these two concepts, the generalized thermodynamic fluxes and forces can be expressed in a consistent way within the framework of irreversible thermodynamics. Then the efficiency at maximum power output for a heat engine, one of key topics in finite-time thermodynamics, is investigated on the basis of a generic model under the tight-coupling condition. The corresponding results have the same forms as those of low-dissipation heat engines [ M. Esposito, R. Kawai, K. Lindenberg and C. Van den Broeck Phys. Rev. Lett. 105 150603 (2010)]. The mappings from two kinds of typical heat engines, such as the low-dissipation heat engine and the Feynman ratchet, into the present generic model are constructed. The universal efficiency at maximum power output up to the quadratic order is found to be valid for a heat engine coupled symmetrically and tightly with two baths. The concepts of weighted reciprocal of temperature and weighted thermal flux are also transplanted to the optimization of refrigerators.

42 CFR 447.54 - Maximum allowable and nominal charges.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... nonemergency services furnished in a hospital emergency room. (c) Institutional services. For institutional... Deductible, Coinsurance, Co-Payment Or Similar Cost-Sharing Charge § 447.54 Maximum allowable and nominal... that cost sharing amounts be nominal. Upon approval from CMS, the requirement that cost sharing charges...

Accuracy of maximum likelihood and least-squares estimates in the lidar slope method with noisy data.

PubMed

Eberhard, Wynn L

2017-04-01

The maximum likelihood estimator (MLE) is derived for retrieving the extinction coefficient and zero-range intercept in the lidar slope method in the presence of random and independent Gaussian noise. Least-squares fitting, weighted by the inverse of the noise variance, is equivalent to the MLE. Monte Carlo simulations demonstrate that two traditional least-squares fitting schemes, which use different weights, are less accurate. Alternative fitting schemes that have some positive attributes are introduced and evaluated. The principal factors governing accuracy of all these schemes are elucidated. Applying these schemes to data with Poisson rather than Gaussian noise alters accuracy little, even when the signal-to-noise ratio is low. Methods to estimate optimum weighting factors in actual data are presented. Even when the weighting estimates are coarse, retrieval accuracy declines only modestly. Mathematical tools are described for predicting retrieval accuracy. Least-squares fitting with inverse variance weighting has optimum accuracy for retrieval of parameters from single-wavelength lidar measurements when noise, errors, and uncertainties are Gaussian distributed, or close to optimum when only approximately Gaussian.

14 CFR 27.787 - Cargo and baggage compartments.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... AIRCRAFT AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Design and Construction Personnel and Cargo... for its placarded maximum weight of contents and for the critical load distributions at the... authorized weight of cargo and baggage at the critical loading distribution. (d) If cargo compartment lamps...

21 CFR 177.1520 - Olefin polymers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-04-01

... HUMAN CONSUMPTION (CONTINUED) INDIRECT FOOD ADDITIVES: POLYMERS Substances for Use as Basic Components... (expressed as percent by weight of the polymer) in N-hexane at specified temperatures Maximum soluble fraction (expressed as percent by weight of polymer) in xylene at specified temperatures 1.1a...

21 CFR 177.1520 - Olefin polymers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-04-01

... HUMAN CONSUMPTION (CONTINUED) INDIRECT FOOD ADDITIVES: POLYMERS Substances for Use as Basic Components... (expressed as percent by weight of the polymer) in N-hexane at specified temperatures Maximum soluble fraction (expressed as percent by weight of polymer) in xylene at specified temperatures 1.1a...

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Ingham, J.G.

Maximum cladding temperatures occur when the IDENT 1578 fuel pin shipping container is installed in the T-3 Cask. The maximum allowable cladding temperature of 800/sup 0/F is reached when the rate of energy deposited in the 19-pin basket reaches 400 watts. Since 45% of the energy which is generated in the fuel escapes the 19-pin basket without being deposited, mostly gamma energy, the maximum allowable rate of heat generation is 400/.55 = 727 watts. Similarly, the maximum allowable cladding temperature of 800/sup 0/F is reached when the rate of energy deposited in the 40-pin basket reaches 465 watts. Since 33%more » of the energy which is generated in the fuel escapes the 40-pin basket without being deposited, mostly gamma energy, the maximum allowable rate of heat generation is 465/.66 = 704 watts. The IDENT 1578 fuel pin shipping container therefore meets its thermal design criteria. IDENT 1578 can handle fuel pins with a decay heat load of 600 watts while maintaining the maximum fuel pin cladding temperature below 800/sup 0/F. The emissivities which were determined from the test results for the basket tubes and container are relatively low and correspond to new, shiny conditions. As the IDENT 1578 container is exposed to high temperatures for extended periods of time during the transportation of fuel pins, the emissivities will probably increase. This will result in reduced temperatures.« less

Fracture mechanics technology for optimum pressure vessel design.

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Bjeletich, J. G.; Morton, T. M.

1973-01-01

A technique has been developed to design a maximum efficiency reliable pressure vessel of given geometry and service life. The technique for ensuring reliability of the minimum weight vessel relies on the application of linear elastic fracture mechanics and fracture mechanics concepts. The resultant design incorporates potential fatigue and stress corrosion crack extension during service of a worst case initial flaw. Maximum stress for safe life is specified by the design technique, thereby minimizing weight. Ratios of pressure and toughness parameters are employed to avoid arbitrary specification of design stress level which would lead to a suboptimum design.

Better Decomposition Heuristics for the Maximum-Weight Connected Graph Problem Using Betweenness Centrality

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Yamamoto, Takanori; Bannai, Hideo; Nagasaki, Masao; Miyano, Satoru

We present new decomposition heuristics for finding the optimal solution for the maximum-weight connected graph problem, which is known to be NP-hard. Previous optimal algorithms for solving the problem decompose the input graph into subgraphs using heuristics based on node degree. We propose new heuristics based on betweenness centrality measures, and show through computational experiments that our new heuristics tend to reduce the number of subgraphs in the decomposition, and therefore could lead to the reduction in computational time for finding the optimal solution. The method is further applied to analysis of biological pathway data.

14 CFR 23.1527 - Maximum operating altitude.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Maximum operating altitude. 23.1527 Section... Information § 23.1527 Maximum operating altitude. (a) The maximum altitude up to which operation is allowed... established. (b) A maximum operating altitude limitation of not more than 25,000 feet must be established for...

49 CFR 192.620 - Alternative maximum allowable operating pressure for certain steel pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... for certain steel pipelines. 192.620 Section 192.620 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to... STANDARDS Operations § 192.620 Alternative maximum allowable operating pressure for certain steel pipelines..., 2, or 3 location; (2) The pipeline segment is constructed of steel pipe meeting the additional...

49 CFR 192.620 - Alternative maximum allowable operating pressure for certain steel pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... of a maximum allowable operating pressure based on higher stress levels in the following areas: Take... pipeline at the increased stress level under this section with conventional operation; and (ii) Describe... targeted audience; and (B) Include information about the integrity management activities performed under...

49 CFR 192.620 - Alternative maximum allowable operating pressure for certain steel pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... of a maximum allowable operating pressure based on higher stress levels in the following areas: Take... pipeline at the increased stress level under this section with conventional operation; and (ii) Describe... targeted audience; and (B) Include information about the integrity management activities performed under...

49 CFR 192.620 - Alternative maximum allowable operating pressure for certain steel pipelines.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... of a maximum allowable operating pressure based on higher stress levels in the following areas: Take... pipeline at the increased stress level under this section with conventional operation; and (ii) Describe... targeted audience; and (B) Include information about the integrity management activities performed under...

5 CFR 591.104 - Higher initial maximum uniform allowance rate.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... 5 Administrative Personnel 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Higher initial maximum uniform allowance rate. 591.104 Section 591.104 Administrative Personnel OFFICE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT CIVIL SERVICE... initial year a new style or type of minimum basic uniform is required for a category of employees, an...

Structural analysis of a rehabilitative training system based on a ceiling rail for safety of hemiplegia patients.

PubMed

Kim, Kyong; Song, Won Kyung; Chong, Woo Suk; Yu, Chang Ho

2018-04-17

The body-weight support (BWS) function, which helps to decrease load stresses on a user, is an effective tool for gait and balance rehabilitation training for elderly people with weakened lower-extremity muscular strength, hemiplegic patients, etc. This study conducts structural analysis to secure user safety in order to develop a rail-type gait and balance rehabilitation training system (RRTS). The RRTS comprises a rail, trolley, and brain-machine interface. The rail (platform) is connected to the ceiling structure, bearing the loads of the RRTS and of the user and allowing locomobility. The trolley consists of a smart drive unit (SDU) that assists the user with forward and backward mobility and a body-weight support (BWS) unit that helps the user to control his/her body-weight load, depending on the severity of his/her hemiplegia. The brain-machine interface estimates and measures on a real-time basis the body-weight (load) of the user and the intended direction of his/her movement. Considering the weight of the system and the user, the mechanical safety performance of the system frame under an applied 250-kg static load is verified through structural analysis using ABAQUS (6.14-3) software. The maximum stresses applied on the rail and trolley under the given gravity load of 250 kg, respectively, are 18.52 MPa and 48.44 MPa. The respective safety factors are computed to be 7.83 and 5.26, confirming the RRTS's mechanical safety. An RRTS with verified structural safety could be utilized for gait movement and balance rehabilitation and training for patients with hemiplegia.

Performance of a Haynes 188 metallic standoff thermal protection system at Mach 7

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Avery, D. E.

1981-01-01

A flight weight, metallic thermal protection system (TPS) model applicable to reentry and hypersonic vehicles was subjected to multiple cycles of both radiant and aerothermal heating to evaluate its aerothermal performance and structural integrity. The TPS was designed for a maximum operating temperature of 1255 K and featured a shingled, corrugation stiffened corrugated skin heat shield of Haynes 188, a cobalt base alloy. The model was subjected to 3 radiant preheat/aerothermal tests for a total of 67 seconds and to 15 radiant heating tests for a total of 85.9 minutes at 1255 K. The TPS limited the primary structure to temperatures below 430 K in all tests. No catastrophic failures occurred in the heat shields, supports, or insulation system. The TPS continued to function even after exposure to a differential temperature 4 times the design value produced thermal buckles in the outer skin. The shingled thermal expansion joint effectively allowed for thermal expansion of the heat shield without allowing any appreciable hot gas flow into the model cavity, even though the overlap gap between shields increased after several thermal cycles.

Lithium D-cell study

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Size, P.; Takeuchi, Esther S.

1993-01-01

The purpose of this contract is to evaluate parametrically the effects of various factors including the electrolyte type, electrolyte concentration, depolarizer type, and cell configuration on lithium cell electrical performance and safety. This effort shall allow for the selection and optimization of cell design for future NASA applications while maintaining close ties with WGL's continuous improvements in manufacturing processes and lithium cell design. Taguchi experimental design techniques are employed in this task, and allow for a maximum amount of information to be obtained while requiring significantly less cells than if a full factorial design were employed. Acceptance testing for this task is modeled after the NASA Document EP5-83-025, Revision C, for cell weights, OCV's and load voltages. The performance attributes that are studied in this effort are fresh capacity and start-up characteristics evaluated at two rates and two temperatures, shelf-life characteristics including start-up and capacity retention, and iterative microcalorimetry measurements. Abuse testing includes forced over discharge at two rates with and without diode protection, temperature tolerance testing, and shorting tests at three rates with the measurement of heat generated during shorting conditions.

High-speed microstrip multi-anode multichannel plate detector system

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Riedo, Andreas; Tulej, Marek; Rohner, Urs; Wurz, Peter

2017-04-01

High-speed detector systems with high dynamic range and pulse width characteristics in the sub-nanosecond regime are mandatory for high resolution and highly sensitive time-of-flight mass spectrometers. Typically, for a reasonable detector area, an impedance-matched anode design is necessary to transmit the registered signal fast and distortion-free from the anode to the signal acquisition system. In this report, a high-speed microstrip multi-anode multichannel plate detector is presented and discussed. The anode consists of four separate active concentric anode segments allowing a simultaneous readout of signal with a dynamic range of about eight orders of magnitude. The impedance matched anode segments show pulse width of about 250 ps, measured at full width at half maximum, and rise time of ˜170 ps, measured with an oscilloscope with a sampling rate of 20 GS/s and 4 GHz analogue bandwidth. The usage of multichannel plates as signal amplifier allowed the design of a lightweight, low power consuming, and compact detector system, suitable, e.g., for the integration into space instrumentation or portable systems where size, weight, and power consumption are limited parameters.

Stance control knee mechanism for lower-limb support in hybrid neuroprosthesis

PubMed Central

To, Curtis S.; Kobetic, Rudi; Bulea, Thomas C.; Audu, Musa L.; Schnellenberger, John R.; Pinault, Gilles; Triolo, Ronald J.

2014-01-01

A hydraulic stance control knee mechanism (SCKM) was developed to fully support the knee against flexion during stance and allow uninhibited motion during swing for individuals with paraplegia using functional neuromuscular stimulation (FNS) for gait assistance. The SCKM was optimized for maximum locking torque for body-weight support and minimum resistance when allowing for free knee motion. Ipsilateral and contralateral position and force feedback were used to control the SCKM. Through bench and nondisabled testing, the SCKM was shown to be capable of supporting up to 70 N-m, require no more than 13% of the torque achievable with FNS to facilitate free motion, and responsively and repeatedly unlock under an applied flexion knee torque of up to 49 N-m. Preliminary tests of the SCKM with an individual with paraplegia demonstrated that it could support the body and maintain knee extension during stance without the stimulation of the knee extensor muscles. This was achieved without adversely affecting gait, and knee stability was comparable to gait assisted by knee extensor stimulation during stance. PMID:21938668

Effect of clothing weight on body weight.

PubMed

Whigham, L D; Schoeller, D A; Johnson, L K; Atkinson, R L

2013-01-01

In clinical settings, it is common to measure weight of clothed patients and estimate a correction for the weight of clothing, but we can find no papers in the medical literature regarding the variability in clothing weight of adults with weather, season and gender. Fifty adults (35 women) were weighed four times during a 12-month period with and without clothing. Clothing weights were determined and regressed against minimum, maximum and average daily outdoor temperature. The average clothing weight (±s.d.) throughout the year was significantly greater in men than in women (1.2±0.3 vs 0.8±0.3 kg, P<0.0001). The average within-person minimum and the average within-person maximum clothing weights across the year were 0.9±0.2 and 1.5±0.4 kg for men, and 0.5±0.2 and 1.1±0.4 kg for women, respectively. The within-person s.d. in clothing weight was 0.3 kg for both men and women. Over the 55 °C range in the lowest to the highest outdoor temperatures, the regressions predicted a maximal change in clothing weight of only 0.4 kg in women and 0.6 kg in men. The clothing weight of men is significantly greater than that of women, but there is little variability throughout the year. Therefore, a clothing adjustment of approximately 0.8 kg for women and 1.2 kg for men is appropriate regardless of outdoor temperature.

Hip arthroscopy protocol: expert opinions on post-operative weight bearing and return to sports guidelines.

PubMed

Rath, Ehud; Sharfman, Zachary T; Paret, Matan; Amar, Eyal; Drexler, Michael; Bonin, Nicolas

2017-01-01

The objectives of this study are to survey the weight-bearing limitation practices and delay for returning to running and impact sports of high volume hip arthroscopy orthopedic surgeons. The study was designed in the form of expert survey questionnaire. Evidence-based data are scares regarding hip arthroscopy post-operative weight-bearing protocols. An international cross-sectional anonymous Internet survey of 26 high-volume hip arthroscopy specialized surgeons was conducted to report their weight-bearing limitations and rehabilitation protocols after various arthroscopic hip procedures. The International Society of Hip Arthroscopy invited this study. The results were examined in the context of supporting literature to inform the studies suggestions. Four surgeons always allow immediate weight bearing and five never offer immediate weight bearing. Seventeen surgeons provide weight bearing depending on the procedures performed: 17 surgeons allowed immediate weight bearing after labral resection, 10 after labral repair and 8 after labral reconstruction. Sixteen surgeons allow immediate weight bearing after psoas tenotomy. Twenty-one respondents restrict weight bearing after microfracture procedures for 3-8 weeks post-operatively. Return to running and impact sports were shorter for labral procedures and bony procedures and longer for cartilaginous and capsular procedures. Marked variability exists in the post-operative weight-bearing practices of hip arthroscopy surgeons. This study suggests that most surgeons allow immediate weight bearing as tolerated after labral resection, acetabular osteoplasty, chondroplasty and psoas tenotomy. For cartilage defect procedures, 6 weeks or more non-weight bearing is suggested depending on the area of the defect and lateral central edge angle. Delayed return to sports activities is suggested after microfracture procedures. The level of evidence was Level V expert opinions.

Hip arthroscopy protocol: expert opinions on post-operative weight bearing and return to sports guidelines

PubMed Central

Rath, Ehud; Paret, Matan; Amar, Eyal; Drexler, Michael; Bonin, Nicolas

2017-01-01

Abstract The objectives of this study are to survey the weight-bearing limitation practices and delay for returning to running and impact sports of high volume hip arthroscopy orthopedic surgeons. The study was designed in the form of expert survey questionnaire. Evidence-based data are scares regarding hip arthroscopy post-operative weight-bearing protocols. An international cross-sectional anonymous Internet survey of 26 high-volume hip arthroscopy specialized surgeons was conducted to report their weight-bearing limitations and rehabilitation protocols after various arthroscopic hip procedures. The International Society of Hip Arthroscopy invited this study. The results were examined in the context of supporting literature to inform the studies suggestions. Four surgeons always allow immediate weight bearing and five never offer immediate weight bearing. Seventeen surgeons provide weight bearing depending on the procedures performed: 17 surgeons allowed immediate weight bearing after labral resection, 10 after labral repair and 8 after labral reconstruction. Sixteen surgeons allow immediate weight bearing after psoas tenotomy. Twenty-one respondents restrict weight bearing after microfracture procedures for 3–8 weeks post-operatively. Return to running and impact sports were shorter for labral procedures and bony procedures and longer for cartilaginous and capsular procedures. Marked variability exists in the post-operative weight-bearing practices of hip arthroscopy surgeons. This study suggests that most surgeons allow immediate weight bearing as tolerated after labral resection, acetabular osteoplasty, chondroplasty and psoas tenotomy. For cartilage defect procedures, 6 weeks or more non-weight bearing is suggested depending on the area of the defect and lateral central edge angle. Delayed return to sports activities is suggested after microfracture procedures. The level of evidence was Level V expert opinions. PMID:28630722

14 CFR 23.1563 - Airspeed placards.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

... multiengine-powered airplanes of more than 6,000 pounds maximum weight, and turbine engine-powered airplanes, the maximum value of the minimum control speed, VMC (one-engine-inoperative) determined under § 23.149... control and the airspeed indicator has features such as low speed awareness that provide ample warning...

14 CFR 23.1563 - Airspeed placards.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

... multiengine-powered airplanes of more than 6,000 pounds maximum weight, and turbine engine-powered airplanes, the maximum value of the minimum control speed, VMC (one-engine-inoperative) determined under § 23.149... control and the airspeed indicator has features such as low speed awareness that provide ample warning...

Research on Volume Measurement System of Weights with Hydrostatic Technique

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Wang, Jian; Ren, Xiaoping; Yao, Hong; Cai, Changqing; Zhang, Yue; Zhong, Ruilin; Ding, Jing'an

According to Annex B.7.4 of OIML R111-1, equipment for measuring volume of weights mass ranging from 1 kg to 20 kg including three methods of hydrostatic comparison is described. The equipment consists of a robot arm for transferring weights, a liquid bath, a mass comparator with 26.1 kg of maximum capacity and 1 mg of readability, glass housing, two weight exchangers including in air and in liquid, two weight holders including in air and in liquid, and a controller. The equipment will enable to perform automatically volume measurements.

Fully phase-encoded MRI near metallic implants using ultrashort echo times and broadband excitation.

PubMed

Wiens, Curtis N; Artz, Nathan S; Jang, Hyungseok; McMillan, Alan B; Koch, Kevin M; Reeder, Scott B

2018-04-01

To develop a fully phase-encoded MRI method for distortion-free imaging near metallic implants, in clinically feasible acquisition times. An accelerated 3D fully phase-encoded acquisition with broadband excitation and ultrashort echo times is presented, which uses a broadband radiofrequency pulse to excite the entire off-resonance induced by the metallic implant. Furthermore, fully phase-encoded imaging is used to prevent distortions caused by frequency encoding, and to obtain ultrashort echo times for rapidly decaying signal. Phantom and in vivo acquisitions were used to describe the relationship among excitation bandwidth, signal loss near metallic implants, and T 1 weighting. Shorter radiofrequency pulses captured signal closer to the implant by improving spectral coverage and allowing shorter echo times, whereas longer pulses improved T 1 weighting through larger maximum attainable flip angles. Comparisons of fully phase-encoded acquisition with broadband excitation and ultrashort echo times to T 1 -weighted multi-acquisition with variable resonance image combination selective were performed in phantoms and subjects with metallic knee and hip prostheses. These acquisitions had similar contrast and acquisition efficiency. Accelerated fully phase-encoded acquisitions with ultrashort echo times and broadband excitation can generate distortion free images near metallic implants in clinically feasible acquisition times. Magn Reson Med 79:2156-2163, 2018. © 2017 International Society for Magnetic Resonance in Medicine. © 2017 International Society for Magnetic Resonance in Medicine.

Fully Phase-Encoded MRI Near Metallic Implants Using Ultrashort Echo Times and Broadband Excitation

PubMed Central

Wiens, Curtis N.; Artz, Nathan S.; Jang, Hyungseok; McMillan, Alan B.; Koch, Kevin M.; Reeder, Scott B.

2017-01-01

Purpose To develop a fully phase-encoded MRI method for distortion-free imaging near metallic implants, in clinically feasible acquisition times. Theory and Methods An accelerated 3D fully phase-encoded acquisition with broadband excitation and ultrashort echo times is presented, which uses a broadband radiofrequency pulse to excite the entire off-resonance induced by the metallic implant. Furthermore, fully phase-encoded imaging is used to prevent distortions caused by frequency encoding, and to obtain ultrashort echo times for rapidly decaying signal. Results Phantom and in vivo acquisitions were used to describe the relationship among excitation bandwidth, signal loss near metallic implants, and T1 weighting. Shorter radiofrequency pulses captured signal closer to the implant by improving spectral coverage and allowing shorter echo times, whereas longer pulses improved T1 weighting through larger maximum attainable flip angles. Comparisons of fully phase-encoded acquisition with broadband excitation and ultrashort echo times to T1-weighted multi-acquisition with variable resonance image combination selective were performed in phantoms and subjects with metallic knee and hip prostheses. These acquisitions had similar contrast and acquisition efficiency. Conclusions Accelerated fully phase-encoded acquisitions with ultrashort echo times and broadband excitation can generate distortion free images near metallic implants in clinically feasible acquisition times. Magn Reson Med 000:000–000, 2017. PMID:28833407

Optimization of vehicle weight for Mars excursion missions

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Ferebee, Melvin J., Jr.

1991-01-01

The excursion class mission to Mars is defined as a mission with one year durations coupled with a stay time of up to 30 days. The fuel budget for such a mission is investigated. The overall figure of merit in such an assessment is the vehicle weight ratio, the ratio between the wet vehicle weight to the dry vehicle weight. It is necessary to minimize the overall fuel budget for the mission in order to maximize the benefits that could be obtained by sending humans to Mars. Assumptions used in the analysis are: each mission will depart and terminate in low-earth-orbit (LEO) (500 km circular) and the maximum stay time at Mars is 30 days. The maximum mission duration is one year (355-375 days). The mass returned to LEO is 135,000 kg, the dropoff mass left at Mars is 168,000 kg. Three propulsive techniques for atmospheric interface are investigated: aerobraking, all-chemical propulsion, and nuclear thermal propulsion. By defining the fuel requirements, the space transfer vehicle's configuration is defined.

Health risk assessment of trace elements via dietary intake of 'non-piscine protein source' foodstuffs (meat, milk and egg) in Bangladesh.

PubMed

Shaheen, Nazma; Ahmed, Md Kawser; Islam, Md Saiful; Habibullah-Al-Mamun, Md; Tukun, Avonti Basak; Islam, Saiful; M A Rahim, Abu Torab

2016-04-01

Concentrations of six trace elements [chromium (Cr), nickel (Ni), copper (Cu), cadmium (Cd), lead (Pb) and arsenic (As)] were assessed in 'non-piscine protein source' foodstuffs (meat, milk and eggs) to evaluate contamination level and human health risks in Bangladesh. The range of Cr, Ni, Cu, Cd, Pb and As in the investigated foodstuffs was 1.24-2.17, 1.29-2.56, 0.92-2.31, 0.12-0.44, 0.15-0.48 and 0.14-0.57 mg kg fresh weight(-1), respectively. The estimated mean levels of most of the elements were higher than the maximum allowable concentration (MAC) for dietary foods. The estimated daily intakes (EDIs) of Cr and Cd were higher than the maximum tolerable daily intake (MTDI) for children, indicating that they are more susceptible to toxic elements through food consumption. The target hazard quotients (THQs) and target carcinogenic risk (TCR) of As (THQ > 1 and TCR > 10(-4)) for both the adults and children suggest that the consumers of non-piscine foodstuffs (especially cow milk and chicken meat) are exposed chronically to metal pollution with carcinogenic and non-carcinogenic health consequences.

100% Juice, Fruit, and Vegetable Intake Among Children in the Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants, and Children and Nonparticipants.

PubMed

Vercammen, Kelsey A; Moran, Alyssa J; Zatz, Laura Y; Rimm, Eric B

2018-05-15

The Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants, and Children (WIC) provides monthly food packages to low-income children (aged 1-4 years) in the U.S., including 128 ounces of 100% fruit juice and an $8 cash value voucher for purchasing fruits and vegetables. The fruit juice allowance translates to 71%-107% of the maximum intake recommended by the American Academy of Pediatrics (4-6 ounces/day). Careful examination of WIC food package allocations is necessary because overconsumption of fruit juice among young children has been linked to weight gain and juice lacks important nutrients found in whole fruit (e.g., fiber). A total of 1,576 children aged 2-4 years were assessed using the 2009-2014 National Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys. Multiple linear regressions were conducted in 2017 to analyze the association between WIC program participation and intake of 100% fruit juice, whole fruits, and vegetables. Logistic regression was used to examine the association between WIC program participation and the odds of exceeding the American Academy of Pediatrics maximum intake for juice. Adjusting for child and parent/caregiver characteristics, WIC participants consumed significantly more 100% fruit juice (β=0.22 cup equivalents/day, 95% CI=0.04, 0.40) compared with income-eligible nonparticipants, but not more whole fruits or total vegetables. WIC participants had 1.51-times greater odds (95% CI=1.06, 2.14) of exceeding the age-specific American Academy of Pediatrics maximum intake for juice compared with income-eligible nonparticipants. These findings support recommendations to reduce 100% fruit juice allowances in the WIC program and reallocate those funds to the cash value voucher to increase whole fruit and vegetable consumption. Copyright © 2018 American Journal of Preventive Medicine. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

49 CFR 529.5 - Requirements for intermediate manufacturers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION MANUFACTURERS OF MULTISTAGE AUTOMOBILES § 529... automobile cause it to exceed the maximum curb weight or maximum frontal area set forth in the document furnished it by the incomplete automobile manufacturer under § 529.4(c)(1) or by a previous intermediate...

49 CFR 529.5 - Requirements for intermediate manufacturers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION MANUFACTURERS OF MULTISTAGE AUTOMOBILES § 529... automobile cause it to exceed the maximum curb weight or maximum frontal area set forth in the document furnished it by the incomplete automobile manufacturer under § 529.4(c)(1) or by a previous intermediate...

49 CFR 529.5 - Requirements for intermediate manufacturers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION MANUFACTURERS OF MULTISTAGE AUTOMOBILES § 529... automobile cause it to exceed the maximum curb weight or maximum frontal area set forth in the document furnished it by the incomplete automobile manufacturer under § 529.4(c)(1) or by a previous intermediate...

49 CFR 529.5 - Requirements for intermediate manufacturers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION MANUFACTURERS OF MULTISTAGE AUTOMOBILES § 529... automobile cause it to exceed the maximum curb weight or maximum frontal area set forth in the document furnished it by the incomplete automobile manufacturer under § 529.4(c)(1) or by a previous intermediate...

49 CFR 529.5 - Requirements for intermediate manufacturers.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... TRAFFIC SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION MANUFACTURERS OF MULTISTAGE AUTOMOBILES § 529... automobile cause it to exceed the maximum curb weight or maximum frontal area set forth in the document furnished it by the incomplete automobile manufacturer under § 529.4(c)(1) or by a previous intermediate...

14 CFR 23.1563 - Airspeed placards.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

... than 6,000 pounds maximum weight, and turbine engine-powered airplanes, the maximum value of the minimum control speed, VMC (one-engine-inoperative) determined under § 23.149(b). [Amdt. 23-7, 34 FR 13097... lighted area such as the landing gear control and the airspeed indicator has features such as low speed...

A Comparison of Item Selection Techniques for Testlets

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Murphy, Daniel L.; Dodd, Barbara G.; Vaughn, Brandon K.

2010-01-01

This study examined the performance of the maximum Fisher's information, the maximum posterior weighted information, and the minimum expected posterior variance methods for selecting items in a computerized adaptive testing system when the items were grouped in testlets. A simulation study compared the efficiency of ability estimation among the…

14 CFR 27.1527 - Maximum operating altitude.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Maximum operating altitude. 27.1527 Section 27.1527 Aeronautics and Space FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AIRCRAFT... § 27.1527 Maximum operating altitude. The maximum altitude up to which operation is allowed, as limited...

14 CFR 29.1527 - Maximum operating altitude.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Maximum operating altitude. 29.1527 Section 29.1527 Aeronautics and Space FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AIRCRAFT... Limitations § 29.1527 Maximum operating altitude. The maximum altitude up to which operation is allowed, as...

Combined inoculation of Pseudomonas fluorescens and Trichoderma harzianum for enhancing plant growth of vanilla (Vanilla planifolia).

PubMed

Sandheep, A R; Asok, A K; Jisha, M S

2013-06-15

This study was conducted to evaluate the plant growth promoting efficiency of combined inoculation of rhizobacteria on Vanilla plants. Based on the in vitro performance of indigenous Trichoderma spp. and Pseudomonas spp., four effective antagonists were selected and screened under greenhouse experiment for their growth enhancement potential. The maximum percentage of growth enhancement were observed in the combination of Trichoderma harzianum with Pseudomonas fluorescens treatment followed by Pseudomonas fluorescens, Trichoderma harzianum, Pseudomonas putida and Trichoderma virens, respectively in decreasing order. Combined inoculation of Trichoderma harzianum and Pseudomonas fluorescens registered the maximum length of vine (82.88 cm), highest number of leaves (26.67/plant), recorded the highest fresh weight of shoots (61.54 g plant(-1)), fresh weight of roots (4.46 g plant(-1)) and dry weight of shoot (4.56 g plant(-1)) where as the highest dry weight of roots (2.0806 g plant(-1)) were achieved with treatments of Pseudomonas fluorescens. Among the inoculated strains, combined inoculation of Trichoderma harzianum and Pseudomonas fluorescens recorded the maximum nitrogen uptake (61.28 mg plant(-1)) followed by the combined inoculation of Trichoderma harzianum (std) and Pseudomonas fluorescens (std) (55.03 mg plant(-1)) and the highest phosphorus uptake (38.80 mg plant(-1)) was recorded in dual inoculation of Trichoderma harzianum and Pseudomonas fluorescens.

46 CFR 61.15-5 - Steam piping.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... hydrostatic test equal to 11/4 times the maximum allowable working pressure at the same periods prescribed for boilers in § 61.05-10. The hydrostatic test shall be applied from the boiler drum to the throttle valve... should be subjected to a hydrostatic test at a pressure of 11/4 times the maximum allowable working...

Spectroscopic wear detector

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Madzsar, George C. (Inventor)

1993-01-01

The elemental composition of a material exposed to hot gases and subjected to wear is determined. Atoms of an elemental species not appearing in this material are implanted in a surface at a depth based on the maximum allowable wear. The exhaust gases are spectroscopically monitored to determine the exposure of these atoms when the maximum allowable wear is reached.

42 CFR 447.54 - Maximum allowable and nominal charges.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

..., any co-payments it imposes under a fee-for-service delivery system do not exceed the amounts shown in... Deductible, Coinsurance, Co-Payment Or Similar Cost-Sharing Charge § 447.54 Maximum allowable and nominal... paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section for comparable services under a fee-for-service delivery system. When...

42 CFR 447.54 - Maximum allowable and nominal charges.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

..., any co-payments it imposes under a fee-for-service delivery system do not exceed the amounts shown in... Deductible, Coinsurance, Co-Payment Or Similar Cost-Sharing Charge § 447.54 Maximum allowable and nominal... paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section for comparable services under a fee-for-service delivery system. When...

33 CFR 156.170 - Equipment tests and inspections.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... distort under static liquid pressure at least 11/2 times the maximum allowable working pressure; and (iv... static liquid pressure test is successfully completed in the presence of the COTP. The test medium is not... static liquid pressure at least 11/2 times the maximum allowable working pressure; and (5) Each item of...

33 CFR 156.170 - Equipment tests and inspections.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... distort under static liquid pressure at least 11/2 times the maximum allowable working pressure; and (iv... static liquid pressure test is successfully completed in the presence of the COTP. The test medium is not... static liquid pressure at least 11/2 times the maximum allowable working pressure; and (5) Each item of...

33 CFR 156.170 - Equipment tests and inspections.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... distort under static liquid pressure at least 11/2 times the maximum allowable working pressure; and (iv... static liquid pressure test is successfully completed in the presence of the COTP. The test medium is not... static liquid pressure at least 11/2 times the maximum allowable working pressure; and (5) Each item of...

75 FR 35265 - Safety Standard for Infant Walkers: Final Rule

Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

2010-06-21

... application, the maximum allowable displacement (i.e., movement) of the walker is 1.97 inches. The commenter... advocated increasing the maximum allowable displacement to 6 inches in accordance with ASTM F 2012. Response... playing with toys. The parking brake performance test should set limits on the displacement of the walker...

Colorado SIP: Reg 11, Motor Vehicle Emissions Inspection Program—Part F, Maximum Allowable Emissions Limits for Motor Vehicle Exhaust, Evaporative and Visible Emissions for Light-Duty and Heavy-Duty Vehicles

EPA Pesticide Factsheets

Colorado SIP: Reg 11, Motor Vehicle Emissions Inspection Program—Part F, Maximum Allowable Emissions Limits for Motor Vehicle Exhaust, Evaporative and Visible Emissions for Light-Duty and Heavy-Duty Vehicles

SU-E-T-399: Evaluation of Selection Criteria for Computational Human Phantoms for Use in Out-Of-Field Organ Dosimetry for Radiotherapy Patients

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Pelletier, C; Jung, J; Lee, C

2015-06-15

Purpose: To quantify the dosimetric uncertainty due to organ position errors when using height and weight as phantom selection criteria in the UF/NCI Hybrid Phantom Library for the purpose of out-of-field organ dose reconstruction. Methods: Four diagnostic patient CT images were used to create 7-field IMRT plans. For each patient, dose to the liver, right lung, and left lung were calculated using the XVMC Monte Carlo code. These doses were taken to be the ground truth. For each patient, the phantom with the most closely matching height and weight was selected from the body size dependent phantom library. The patientmore » plans were then transferred to the computational phantoms and organ doses were recalculated. Each plan was also run on 4 additional phantoms with reference heights and or weights. Maximum and mean doses for the three organs were computed, and the DVHs were extracted and compared. One sample t-tests were performed to compare the accuracy of the height and weight matched phantoms against the additional phantoms in regards to both maximum and mean dose. Results: For one of the patients, the height and weight matched phantom yielded the most accurate results across all three organs for both maximum and mean doses. For two additional patients, the matched phantom yielded the best match for one organ only. In 13 of the 24 cases, the matched phantom yielded better results than the average of the other four phantoms, though the results were only statistically significant at the .05 level for three cases. Conclusion: Using height and weight matched phantoms does yield better results in regards to out-of-field dosimetry than using average phantoms. Height and weight appear to be moderately good selection criteria, though this selection criteria failed to yield any better results for one patient.« less

High speed galloping in the cheetah (Acinonyx jubatus) and the racing greyhound (Canis familiaris): spatio-temporal and kinetic characteristics.

PubMed

Hudson, Penny E; Corr, Sandra A; Wilson, Alan M

2012-07-15

The cheetah and racing greyhound are of a similar size and gross morphology and yet the cheetah is able to achieve a far higher top speed. We compared the kinematics and kinetics of galloping in the cheetah and greyhound to investigate how the cheetah can attain such remarkable maximum speeds. This also presented an opportunity to investigate some of the potential limits to maximum running speed in quadrupeds, which remain poorly understood. By combining force plate and high speed video data of galloping cheetahs and greyhounds, we show how the cheetah uses a lower stride frequency/longer stride length than the greyhound at any given speed. In some trials, the cheetahs used swing times as low as those of the greyhounds (0.2 s) so the cheetah has scope to use higher stride frequencies (up to 4.0 Hz), which may contribute to it having a higher top speed that the greyhound. Weight distribution between the animal's limbs varied with increasing speed. At high speed, the hindlimbs support the majority of the animal's body weight, with the cheetah supporting 70% of its body weight on its hindlimbs at 18 m s(-1); however, the greyhound hindlimbs support just 62% of its body weight. Supporting a greater proportion of body weight on a particular limb is likely to reduce the risk of slipping during propulsive efforts. Our results demonstrate several features of galloping and highlight differences between the cheetah and greyhound that may account for the cheetah's faster maximum speeds.

Design of a Slowed-Rotor Compound Helicopter for Future Joint Service Missions

DTIC Science & Technology

2010-01-01

achieves a 208kt top speed at engine MCP and 11,000ft/ISA while having 216hp/ton installed power, based on engine MRP and MTOW. Figure 33...Intermediate rated power ISA International Standard Atmosphere MCP Maximum continuous power MRP Maximum rated power MTOW Maximum Takeoff Weight NDARC...NASA Design and Analysis of Rotorcraft SFC Specific fuel consumption SRC Slowed-Rotor Compound Symbols σ Rotor solidity (geometric) CD Drag

7 CFR 3565.210 - Maximum interest rate.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... 7 Agriculture 15 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Maximum interest rate. 3565.210 Section 3565.210... AGRICULTURE GUARANTEED RURAL RENTAL HOUSING PROGRAM Loan Requirements § 3565.210 Maximum interest rate. The interest rate for a guaranteed loan must not exceed the maximum allowable rate specified by the Agency in...

30 CFR 817.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the scaled-distance equation of... authority before the initiation of blasting. (2) Maximum peak-particle velocity. (i) The maximum ground... site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground vibration, in inches/second 1...

30 CFR 817.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the scaled-distance equation of... authority before the initiation of blasting. (2) Maximum peak-particle velocity. (i) The maximum ground... site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground vibration, in inches/second 1...

30 CFR 817.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the scaled-distance equation of... authority before the initiation of blasting. (2) Maximum peak-particle velocity. (i) The maximum ground... site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground vibration, in inches/second 1...

30 CFR 817.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the scaled-distance equation of... authority before the initiation of blasting. (2) Maximum peak-particle velocity. (i) The maximum ground... site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground vibration, in inches/second 1...

30 CFR 817.67 - Use of explosives: Control of adverse effects.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... either the maximum peak-particle-velocity limits of paragraph (d)(2), the scaled-distance equation of... authority before the initiation of blasting. (2) Maximum peak-particle velocity. (i) The maximum ground... site, in feet Maximum allowable peak particle velocity (V max) for ground vibration, in inches/second 1...

Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Selected Airborne Contaminants. Volume 2

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

1996-01-01

The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) is aware of the potential toxicological hazards to humans that might be associated with prolonged spacecraft missions. Despite major engineering advances in controlling the atmosphere within spacecraft, some contamination of the air appears inevitable. NASA has measured numerous airborne contaminants during space missions. As the missions increase in duration and complexity, ensuring the health and well-being of astronauts traveling and working in this unique environment becomes increasingly difficult. As part of its efforts to promote safe conditions aboard spacecraft, NASA requested the National Research Council (NRC) to develop guidelines for establishing spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations (SMACs) for contaminants, and to review SMACs for various space-craft contaminants to determine whether NASA's recommended exposure limits are consistent with the guidelines recommended by the subcommittee. In response to NASA's request, the NRC organized the Subcommittee on Guidelines for Developing Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Space Station Contaminants within the Committee On Toxicology (COT). In the first phase of its work, the subcommittee developed the criteria and methods for preparing SMACs for spacecraft contaminants. The subcommittee's report, entitled Guidelines for Developing Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Space Station Contaminants, was published in 1992. The executive summary of that report is reprinted as Appendix A of this volume. In the second phase of the study, the Subcommittee on Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations reviewed reports prepared by NASA scientists and contractors recommending SMACs for approximately 35 spacecraft contaminants. The subcommittee sought to determine whether the SMAC reports were consistent with the 1992 guidelines. Appendix B of this volume contains the SMAC reports for 12 chemical contaminants that have been reviewed for their application of the guidelines developed in the first phase of this activity and approved by the subcommittee. This report is the second volume in the series Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Space Station Contaminants. The first volume was published in 1994.

Design, fabrication & performance analysis of an unmanned aerial vehicle

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Khan, M. I.; Salam, M. A.; Afsar, M. R.; Huda, M. N.; Mahmud, T.

2016-07-01

An Unmanned Aerial Vehicle was designed, analyzed and fabricated to meet design requirements and perform the entire mission for an international aircraft design competition. The goal was to have a balanced design possessing, good demonstrated flight handling qualities, practical and affordable manufacturing requirements while providing a high vehicle performance. The UAV had to complete total three missions named ferry flight (1st mission), maximum load mission (2nd mission) and emergency medical mission (3rd mission). The requirement of ferry flight mission was to fly as many as laps as possible within 4 minutes. The maximum load mission consists of flying 3 laps while carrying two wooden blocks which simulate cargo. The requirement of emergency medical mission was complete 3 laps as soon as possible while carrying two attendances and two patients. A careful analysis revealed lowest rated aircraft cost (RAC) as the primary design objective. So, the challenge was to build an aircraft with minimum RAC that can fly fast, fly with maximum payload, and fly fast with all the possible configurations. The aircraft design was reached by first generating numerous design concepts capable of completing the mission requirements. In conceptual design phase, Figure of Merit (FOM) analysis was carried out to select initial aircraft configuration, propulsion, empennage and landing gear. After completion of the conceptual design, preliminary design was carried out. The preliminary design iterations had a low wing loading, high lift coefficient, and a high thrust to weight ratio. To make the aircraft capable of Rough Field Taxi; springs were added in the landing gears for absorbing shock. An airfoil shaped fuselage was designed to allowed sufficient space for payload and generate less drag to make the aircraft fly fast. The final design was a high wing monoplane with conventional tail, single tractor propulsion system and a tail dragger landing gear. Payload was stored in undercarriage box for maximum load mission and emergency medical mission. The aircraft structure, weights 5.6 lb., constructed by balsa wood, depron and covering film was the only feasible match for the given requirements set by the competition organizers. The defined final aircraft was capable of: Completing 3 laps within 4 minutes at the first mission; flying 3 laps with 4 internal payloads at the second mission; flying 3 laps with all possible payload configurations at the third mission.

1. Credit BG. The southwest and southeast sides of Weigh ...

Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

1. Credit BG. The southwest and southeast sides of Weigh & Control appear as the camera looks due north (0°). Barricades on the northwest and northeast sides protect this structure from effects of any explosions at the Mixer Building (4233/E34), Oxidizer Grinder Building (4235/E-36) or other nearby propellant processing structures. The proliferation of doors is because many of the rooms have no interior interconnection--a safeguard to contain and prevent the internal spread of fires or explosions. Signs are posted on the doors describing maximum allowable propellant weights and number of personnel in rooms. A safety shower is featured on the southern exterior corner of the building. Apparatus on the roof consists of air conditioning ducts and fume vents. - Jet Propulsion Laboratory Edwards Facility, Weigh & Control Building, Edwards Air Force Base, Boron, Kern County, CA

Nonlinear Bayesian filtering and learning: a neuronal dynamics for perception.

PubMed

Kutschireiter, Anna; Surace, Simone Carlo; Sprekeler, Henning; Pfister, Jean-Pascal

2017-08-18

The robust estimation of dynamical hidden features, such as the position of prey, based on sensory inputs is one of the hallmarks of perception. This dynamical estimation can be rigorously formulated by nonlinear Bayesian filtering theory. Recent experimental and behavioral studies have shown that animals' performance in many tasks is consistent with such a Bayesian statistical interpretation. However, it is presently unclear how a nonlinear Bayesian filter can be efficiently implemented in a network of neurons that satisfies some minimum constraints of biological plausibility. Here, we propose the Neural Particle Filter (NPF), a sampling-based nonlinear Bayesian filter, which does not rely on importance weights. We show that this filter can be interpreted as the neuronal dynamics of a recurrently connected rate-based neural network receiving feed-forward input from sensory neurons. Further, it captures properties of temporal and multi-sensory integration that are crucial for perception, and it allows for online parameter learning with a maximum likelihood approach. The NPF holds the promise to avoid the 'curse of dimensionality', and we demonstrate numerically its capability to outperform weighted particle filters in higher dimensions and when the number of particles is limited.

The Impacts of Rising Temperatures on Aircraft Takeoff Performance

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Coffel, Ethan; Thompson, Terence R.; Horton, Radley M.

2017-01-01

Steadily rising mean and extreme temperatures as a result of climate change will likely impact the air transportation system over the coming decades. As air temperatures rise at constant pressure, air density declines, resulting in less lift generation by an aircraft wing at a given airspeed and potentially imposing a weight restriction on departing aircraft. This study presents a general model to project future weight restrictions across a fleet of aircraft with different takeoff weights operating at a variety of airports. We construct performance models for five common commercial aircraft and 19 major airports around the world and use projections of daily temperatures from the CMIP5 model suite under the RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5 emissions scenarios to calculate required hourly weight restriction. We find that on average, 10 - 30% of annual flights departing at the time of daily maximum temperature may require some weight restriction below their maximum takeoff weights, with mean restrictions ranging from 0.5 to 4% of total aircraft payload and fuel capacity by mid- to late century. Both mid-sized and large aircraft are affected, and airports with short runways and high temperatures, or those at high elevations, will see the largest impacts. Our results suggest that weight restriction may impose a non-trivial cost on airlines and impact aviation operations around the world and that adaptation may be required in aircraft design, airline schedules, and/or runway lengths.

The Impact of Rising Temperatures on Aircraft Takeoff Performance

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Coffel, E.; Horton, R. M.; Thompson, T. R.

2017-12-01

Steadily rising mean and extreme temperatures as a result of climate change will likely impact the air transportation system over the coming decades. As air temperatures rise at constant pressure, air density declines, resulting in less lift generation by an aircraft wing at a given airspeed and potentially imposing a weight restriction on departing aircraft. This study presents a general model to project future weight restrictions across a fleet of aircraft with different takeoff weights operating at a variety of airports. We construct performance models for five common commercial aircraft and 19 major airports around the world and use projections of daily temperatures from the CMIP5 model suite under the RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5 emissions scenarios to calculate required hourly weight restriction. We find that on average, 10-30% of annual flights departing at the time of daily maximum temperature may require some weight restriction below their maximum takeoff weights, with mean restrictions ranging from 0.5 to 4% of total aircraft payload and fuel capacity by mid- to late century. Both mid-sized and large aircraft are affected, and airports with short runways and high tempera- tures, or those at high elevations, will see the largest impacts. Our results suggest that weight restriction may impose a non-trivial cost on airlines and impact aviation operations around the world and that adaptation may be required in aircraft design, airline schedules, and/or runway lengths.

Tissue microstructure estimation using a deep network inspired by a dictionary-based framework.

PubMed

Ye, Chuyang

2017-12-01

Diffusion magnetic resonance imaging (dMRI) captures the anisotropic pattern of water displacement in the neuronal tissue and allows noninvasive investigation of the complex tissue microstructure. A number of biophysical models have been proposed to relate the tissue organization with the observed diffusion signals, so that the tissue microstructure can be inferred. The Neurite Orientation Dispersion and Density Imaging (NODDI) model has been a popular choice and has been widely used for many neuroscientific studies. It models the diffusion signal with three compartments that are characterized by distinct diffusion properties, and the parameters in the model describe tissue microstructure. In NODDI, these parameters are estimated in a maximum likelihood framework, where the nonlinear model fitting is computationally intensive. Therefore, efforts have been made to develop efficient and accurate algorithms for NODDI microstructure estimation, which is still an open problem. In this work, we propose a deep network based approach that performs end-to-end estimation of NODDI microstructure, which is named Microstructure Estimation using a Deep Network (MEDN). MEDN comprises two cascaded stages and is motivated by the AMICO algorithm, where the NODDI microstructure estimation is formulated in a dictionary-based framework. The first stage computes the coefficients of the dictionary. It resembles the solution to a sparse reconstruction problem, where the iterative process in conventional estimation approaches is unfolded and truncated, and the weights are learned instead of predetermined by the dictionary. In the second stage, microstructure properties are computed from the output of the first stage, which resembles the weighted sum of normalized dictionary coefficients in AMICO, and the weights are also learned. Because spatial consistency of diffusion signals can be used to reduce the effect of noise, we also propose MEDN+, which is an extended version of MEDN. MEDN+ allows incorporation of neighborhood information by inserting a stage with learned weights before the MEDN structure, where the diffusion signals in the neighborhood of a voxel are processed. The weights in MEDN or MEDN+ are jointly learned from training samples that are acquired with diffusion gradients densely sampling the q-space. We performed MEDN and MEDN+ on brain dMRI scans, where two shells each with 30 gradient directions were used, and measured their accuracy with respect to the gold standard. Results demonstrate that the proposed networks outperform the competing methods. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

14 CFR 27.321 - General.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Strength Requirements Flight Loads § 27.321 General. (a) The flight load factor must be assumed to act normal to the longitudinal axis of the rotorcraft, and to be equal... from the design minimum weight to the design maximum weight; and (2) With any practical distribution of...

21 CFR 172.260 - Oxidized polyethylene.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... HUMAN CONSUMPTION (CONTINUED) FOOD ADDITIVES PERMITTED FOR DIRECT ADDITION TO FOOD FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION... polyethylene has a minimum number average molecular weight of 1,200, as determined by high temperature vapor pressure osmometry; contains a maximum of 5 percent by weight of total oxygen; and has an acid value of 9...

Fitting distributions to microbial contamination data collected with an unequal probability sampling design.

PubMed

Williams, M S; Ebel, E D; Cao, Y

2013-01-01

The fitting of statistical distributions to microbial sampling data is a common application in quantitative microbiology and risk assessment applications. An underlying assumption of most fitting techniques is that data are collected with simple random sampling, which is often times not the case. This study develops a weighted maximum likelihood estimation framework that is appropriate for microbiological samples that are collected with unequal probabilities of selection. A weighted maximum likelihood estimation framework is proposed for microbiological samples that are collected with unequal probabilities of selection. Two examples, based on the collection of food samples during processing, are provided to demonstrate the method and highlight the magnitude of biases in the maximum likelihood estimator when data are inappropriately treated as a simple random sample. Failure to properly weight samples to account for how data are collected can introduce substantial biases into inferences drawn from the data. The proposed methodology will reduce or eliminate an important source of bias in inferences drawn from the analysis of microbial data. This will also make comparisons between studies and the combination of results from different studies more reliable, which is important for risk assessment applications. © 2012 No claim to US Government works.

Analysis and prediction of operating vehicle load effects on Highway bridges under the weight charge policy

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Huang, Haiyun; Zhang, Junping; Li, Yonghe

2018-05-01

Under the weight charge policy, the weigh in motion data at a toll station on the Jing-Zhu Expressway were collected. The statistic analysis of vehicle load data was carried out. For calculating the operating vehicle load effects on bridges, by Monte Carlo method used to generate random traffic flow and influence line loading method, the maximum bending moment effect of simple supported beams were obtained. The extreme value I distribution and normal distribution were used to simulate the distribution of the maximum bending moment effect. By the extrapolation of Rice formula and the extreme value I distribution, the predicted values of the maximum load effects were obtained. By comparing with vehicle load effect according to current specification, some references were provided for the management of the operating vehicles and the revision of the bridge specifications.

Determining the optimal load for jump squats: a review of methods and calculations.

PubMed

Dugan, Eric L; Doyle, Tim L A; Humphries, Brendan; Hasson, Christopher J; Newton, Robert U

2004-08-01

There has been an increasing volume of research focused on the load that elicits maximum power output during jump squats. Because of a lack of standardization for data collection and analysis protocols, results of much of this research are contradictory. The purpose of this paper is to examine why differing methods of data collection and analysis can lead to conflicting results for maximum power and associated optimal load. Six topics relevant to measurement and reporting of maximum power and optimal load are addressed: (a) data collection equipment, (b) inclusion or exclusion of body weight force in calculations of power, (c) free weight versus Smith machine jump squats, (d) reporting of average versus peak power, (e) reporting of load intensity, and (f) instructions given to athletes/ participants. Based on this information, a standardized protocol for data collection and reporting of jump squat power and optimal load is presented.

MSClique: Multiple Structure Discovery through the Maximum Weighted Clique Problem.

PubMed

Sanroma, Gerard; Penate-Sanchez, Adrian; Alquézar, René; Serratosa, Francesc; Moreno-Noguer, Francesc; Andrade-Cetto, Juan; González Ballester, Miguel Ángel

2016-01-01

We present a novel approach for feature correspondence and multiple structure discovery in computer vision. In contrast to existing methods, we exploit the fact that point-sets on the same structure usually lie close to each other, thus forming clusters in the image. Given a pair of input images, we initially extract points of interest and extract hierarchical representations by agglomerative clustering. We use the maximum weighted clique problem to find the set of corresponding clusters with maximum number of inliers representing the multiple structures at the correct scales. Our method is parameter-free and only needs two sets of points along with their tentative correspondences, thus being extremely easy to use. We demonstrate the effectiveness of our method in multiple-structure fitting experiments in both publicly available and in-house datasets. As shown in the experiments, our approach finds a higher number of structures containing fewer outliers compared to state-of-the-art methods.

Analyzing milestoning networks for molecular kinetics: definitions, algorithms, and examples.

PubMed

Viswanath, Shruthi; Kreuzer, Steven M; Cardenas, Alfredo E; Elber, Ron

2013-11-07

Network representations are becoming increasingly popular for analyzing kinetic data from techniques like Milestoning, Markov State Models, and Transition Path Theory. Mapping continuous phase space trajectories into a relatively small number of discrete states helps in visualization of the data and in dissecting complex dynamics to concrete mechanisms. However, not only are molecular networks derived from molecular dynamics simulations growing in number, they are also getting increasingly complex, owing partly to the growth in computer power that allows us to generate longer and better converged trajectories. The increased complexity of the networks makes simple interpretation and qualitative insight of the molecular systems more difficult to achieve. In this paper, we focus on various network representations of kinetic data and algorithms to identify important edges and pathways in these networks. The kinetic data can be local and partial (such as the value of rate coefficients between states) or an exact solution to kinetic equations for the entire system (such as the stationary flux between vertices). In particular, we focus on the Milestoning method that provides fluxes as the main output. We proposed Global Maximum Weight Pathways as a useful tool for analyzing molecular mechanism in Milestoning networks. A closely related definition was made in the context of Transition Path Theory. We consider three algorithms to find Global Maximum Weight Pathways: Recursive Dijkstra's, Edge-Elimination, and Edge-List Bisection. The asymptotic efficiency of the algorithms is analyzed and numerical tests on finite networks show that Edge-List Bisection and Recursive Dijkstra's algorithms are most efficient for sparse and dense networks, respectively. Pathways are illustrated for two examples: helix unfolding and membrane permeation. Finally, we illustrate that networks based on local kinetic information can lead to incorrect interpretation of molecular mechanisms.

Adolescent exercise associated with long-term superior measures of bone geometry: a cross-sectional DXA and MRI study.

PubMed

Kato, T; Yamashita, T; Mizutani, S; Honda, A; Matumoto, M; Umemura, Y

2009-12-01

To investigate whether childhood sports participation, particularly weight-bearing sports, has any effect on bone mineral content (BMC), areal bone mineral density (aBMD) and bone geometric characteristics in middle-aged postmenopausal women. Design/ In this cross-sectional comparison of two groups, 46 middle-aged women (mean age, 60.2 (SD 5.6) years; range, 52-73 years) were grouped according to sport participation during growth: weight-bearing sports, including high-impact weight-bearing activities; and low-impact non-weight-bearing sports or no participation. Dual energy X-ray absorptiometry (DXA)-measured BMC, aBMD in the lumbar spine and femur. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) determined bone geometric characteristics in the femur, such as femoral mid-diaphyseal cross-sectional area, periosteal and endosteal perimeters and maximum and minimum second moment of area. Postmenopausal middle-aged women with participation in weight-bearing sports during junior high to high school (12-18 years old) displayed significantly greater BMC in both lumbar spine and femoral neck regions, and also significantly greater femoral mid-diaphyseal bone cross-sectional area, periosteal perimeter and maximum and minimum second moment of area than the non-weight-bearing sports group. Adolescent weight-bearing exercise exerts preservational effects on femoral mid-diaphyseal size and shape, while DXA-measured BMC effectively identified the same tendency. Weight-bearing exercise in youth affects bone, and these effects may be preserved as BMC, geometric and structural advantages even after 40 years.

COSP for Windows: Strategies for Rapid Analyses of Cyclic Oxidation Behavior

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Smialek, James L.; Auping, Judith V.

2002-01-01

COSP is a publicly available computer program that models the cyclic oxidation weight gain and spallation process. Inputs to the model include the selection of an oxidation growth law and a spalling geometry, plus oxide phase, growth rate, spall constant, and cycle duration parameters. Output includes weight change, the amounts of retained and spalled oxide, the total oxygen and metal consumed, and the terminal rates of weight loss and metal consumption. The present version is Windows based and can accordingly be operated conveniently while other applications remain open for importing experimental weight change data, storing model output data, or plotting model curves. Point-and-click operating features include multiple drop-down menus for input parameters, data importing, and quick, on-screen plots showing one selection of the six output parameters for up to 10 models. A run summary text lists various characteristic parameters that are helpful in describing cyclic behavior, such as the maximum weight change, the number of cycles to reach the maximum weight gain or zero weight change, the ratio of these, and the final rate of weight loss. The program includes save and print options as well as a help file. Families of model curves readily show the sensitivity to various input parameters. The cyclic behaviors of nickel aluminide (NiAl) and a complex superalloy are shown to be properly fitted by model curves. However, caution is always advised regarding the uniqueness claimed for any specific set of input parameters,

The theory of maximally and minimally even sets, the one- dimensional antiferromagnetic Ising model, and the continued fraction compromise of musical scales

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Douthett, Elwood (Jack) Moser, Jr.

1999-10-01

Cyclic configurations of white and black sites, together with convex (concave) functions used to weight path length, are investigated. The weights of the white set and black set are the sums of the weights of the paths connecting the white sites and black sites, respectively, and the weight between sets is the sum of the weights of the paths that connect sites opposite in color. It is shown that when the weights of all configurations of a fixed number of white and a fixed number of black sites are compared, minimum (maximum) weight of a white set, minimum (maximum) weight of the a black set, and maximum (minimum) weight between sets occur simultaneously. Such configurations are called maximally even configurations. Similarly, the configurations whose weights are the opposite extremes occur simultaneously and are called minimally even configurations. Algorithms that generate these configurations are constructed and applied to the one- dimensional antiferromagnetic spin-1/2 Ising model. Next the goodness of continued fractions as applied to musical intervals (frequency ratios and their base 2 logarithms) is explored. It is shown that, for the intermediate convergents between two consecutive principal convergents of an irrational number, the first half of the intermediate convergents are poorer approximations than the preceding principal convergent while the second half are better approximations; the goodness of a middle intermediate convergent can only be determined by calculation. These convergents are used to determine what equal-tempered systems have intervals that most closely approximate the musical fifth (pn/ qn = log2(3/2)). The goodness of exponentiated convergents ( 2pn/qn~3/2 ) is also investigated. It is shown that, with the exception of a middle convergent, the goodness of the exponential form agrees with that of its logarithmic Counterpart As in the case of the logarithmic form, the goodness of a middle intermediate convergent in the exponential form can only be determined by calculation. A Desirability Function is constructed that simultaneously measures how well multiple intervals fit in a given equal-tempered system. These measurements are made for octave (base 2) and tritave systems (base 3). Combinatorial properties important to music modulation are considered. These considerations lead These considerations lead to the construction of maximally even scales as partitions of an equal-tempered system.

Reconstruction of a quadriceps tendon tear using Polyvinylidene fluoride sutures and patellar screw fixation: A biomechanical study.

PubMed

Sellei, R M; Bauer, E; Hofman, M; Kobbe, P; Lichte, P; Garrison, R L; Pape, H C; Horst, K

2015-12-01

Acute quadriceps tendon tears are infrequent injuries requiring surgical treatment. Improved stability after surgical repair may allow for earlier weight-bearing and range of motion. Therefore, a new implant was tested and compared with the "gold standard", using transosseous sutures. Quadriceps tendon tears were constructed using a cadaveric model of 12 fresh matched-pair specimens (aged 61-97; mean age: 82 years). The biomechanical testing compared non-absorbable suture anchors (Polyvinylidene fluoride) versus transosseous absorbable sutures (Polydioxanon). Following anatomic reconstruction, the repaired specimens were loaded until they failed (testing machine: Hounsfield H10KM, Redhill, United Kingdom; maximum force: 1000 N; load speed: 25 mm/min; maximum test length: 150 mm; pre-load: 5 N). Values for load until tear displacement, maximum load until complete failure of the construct (pullout or breakage of the sutures or anchors) and stiffness of the reconstruction were recorded. The stiffness found in the Polyvinylidene fluoride reconstruction (mean 9.83 N/mm) (standard deviation (SD) 7.75) showed a significant increase compared to the Polydioxanon reconstruction (mean 6.66 N/mm (SD 3.32); P=0.045). Transosseous fixation showed comparable results to the suture anchor system. There was no significant difference found in the maximum load to tear displacement (PVDF: 290.88 N (SD 106.01) vs. PDS: 266.75 N (SD 82.61); P=0.358). Using the Polyvinylidene fluoride thread showed comparable results to the established method in reconstruction of ruptured quadriceps tendon. Stiffness of the Polyvinylidene fluoride thread reconstruction was even greater than Polydioxanon thread. Improved stiffness may facilitate healing and is suggested as clinical relevance in reconstruction. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

Muscle performance following an acute bout of plyometric training combined with low or high intensity weight exercise.

PubMed

Beneka, Anastasia G; Malliou, Paraskevi K; Missailidou, Victoria; Chatzinikolaou, Athanasios; Fatouros, Ioannis; Gourgoulis, Vassilios; Georgiadis, Elias

2013-01-01

To determine the time course of performance responses after an acute bout of plyometric exercise combined with high and low intensity weight training, a 3-group (including a control group), repeated-measures design was employed. Changes in performance were monitored through jumping ability by measuring countermovement and squat jumping, and strength performance assessment through isometric and isokinetic testing of knee extensors (at two different velocities). Participants in both experimental groups performed a plyometric protocol consisting of 50 jumps over 50 cm hurdles and 50 drop jumps from a 50 cm plyometric box. Additionally, each group performed two basic weight exercises consisting of leg presses and leg extensions at 90-95% of maximum muscle strength for the high intensity group and 60% of maximum muscle strength for the low intensity group. The results of the study suggest that an acute bout of intense plyometric exercise combined with weight exercise induces time-dependent changes in performance, which are also dependent on the nature of exercise protocol and testing procedures. In conclusion, acute plyometric exercise with weight exercise may induce a substantial decline in jumping performance for as long as 72 hours but not in other forms of muscle strength.

49 CFR 192.621 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... STANDARDS Operations § 192.621 Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a segment of a high pressure distribution system at a pressure that exceeds the... segment of a distribution system otherwise designed to operate at over 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, unless...

49 CFR 192.623 - Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure; Low-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-10-01

... distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a low-pressure distribution system at a pressure high enough to...) No person may operate a low pressure distribution system at a pressure lower than the minimum... 49 Transportation 3 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure...

49 CFR 192.621 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... STANDARDS Operations § 192.621 Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a segment of a high pressure distribution system at a pressure that exceeds the... segment of a distribution system otherwise designed to operate at over 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, unless...

49 CFR 192.623 - Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure; Low-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-10-01

... distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a low-pressure distribution system at a pressure high enough to...) No person may operate a low pressure distribution system at a pressure lower than the minimum... 49 Transportation 3 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure...

49 CFR 192.621 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... STANDARDS Operations § 192.621 Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a segment of a high pressure distribution system at a pressure that exceeds the... segment of a distribution system otherwise designed to operate at over 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, unless...

49 CFR 192.621 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... STANDARDS Operations § 192.621 Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a segment of a high pressure distribution system at a pressure that exceeds the... segment of a distribution system otherwise designed to operate at over 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, unless...

49 CFR 192.623 - Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure; Low-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a low-pressure distribution system at a pressure high enough to...) No person may operate a low pressure distribution system at a pressure lower than the minimum... 49 Transportation 3 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure...

49 CFR 192.623 - Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure; Low-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-10-01

... distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a low-pressure distribution system at a pressure high enough to...) No person may operate a low pressure distribution system at a pressure lower than the minimum... 49 Transportation 3 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure...

49 CFR 192.623 - Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure; Low-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-10-01

... distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a low-pressure distribution system at a pressure high enough to...) No person may operate a low pressure distribution system at a pressure lower than the minimum... 49 Transportation 3 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure...

49 CFR 192.621 - Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... STANDARDS Operations § 192.621 Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems. (a) No person may operate a segment of a high pressure distribution system at a pressure that exceeds the... segment of a distribution system otherwise designed to operate at over 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, unless...

Evaluation of the Maximum Allowable Cost Program

PubMed Central

Lee, A. James; Hefner, Dennis; Dobson, Allen; Hardy, Ralph

1983-01-01

This article summarizes an evaluation of the Maximum Allowable Cost (MAC)-Estimated Acquisition Cost (EAC) program, the Federal Government's cost-containment program for prescription drugs.1 The MAC-EAC regulations which became effective on August 26, 1976, have four major components: (1) Maximum Allowable Cost reimbursement limits for selected multisource or generically available drugs; (2) Estimated Acquisition Cost reimbursement limits for all drugs; (3) “usual and customary” reimbursement limits for all drugs; and (4) a directive that professional fee studies be performed by each State. The study examines the benefits and costs of the MAC reimbursement limits for 15 dosage forms of five multisource drugs and EAC reimbursement limits for all drugs for five selected States as of 1979. PMID:10309857

Applying Bayesian Item Selection Approaches to Adaptive Tests Using Polytomous Items

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Penfield, Randall D.

2006-01-01

This study applied the maximum expected information (MEI) and the maximum posterior-weighted information (MPI) approaches of computer adaptive testing item selection to the case of a test using polytomous items following the partial credit model. The MEI and MPI approaches are described. A simulation study compared the efficiency of ability…

Comparison of image deconvolution algorithms on simulated and laboratory infrared images

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Proctor, D.

1994-11-15

We compare Maximum Likelihood, Maximum Entropy, Accelerated Lucy-Richardson, Weighted Goodness of Fit, and Pixon reconstructions of simple scenes as a function of signal-to-noise ratio for simulated images with randomly generated noise. Reconstruction results of infrared images taken with the TAISIR (Temperature and Imaging System InfraRed) are also discussed.

Effects of Estimation Bias on Multiple-Category Classification with an IRT-Based Adaptive Classification Procedure

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Yang, Xiangdong; Poggio, John C.; Glasnapp, Douglas R.

2006-01-01

The effects of five ability estimators, that is, maximum likelihood estimator, weighted likelihood estimator, maximum a posteriori, expected a posteriori, and Owen's sequential estimator, on the performances of the item response theory-based adaptive classification procedure on multiple categories were studied via simulations. The following…

Five Methods for Estimating Angoff Cut Scores with IRT

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Wyse, Adam E.

2017-01-01

This article illustrates five different methods for estimating Angoff cut scores using item response theory (IRT) models. These include maximum likelihood (ML), expected a priori (EAP), modal a priori (MAP), and weighted maximum likelihood (WML) estimators, as well as the most commonly used approach based on translating ratings through the test…

On the log-normality of historical magnetic-storm intensity statistics: implications for extreme-event probabilities

USGS Publications Warehouse

Love, Jeffrey J.; Rigler, E. Joshua; Pulkkinen, Antti; Riley, Pete

2015-01-01

An examination is made of the hypothesis that the statistics of magnetic-storm-maximum intensities are the realization of a log-normal stochastic process. Weighted least-squares and maximum-likelihood methods are used to fit log-normal functions to −Dst storm-time maxima for years 1957-2012; bootstrap analysis is used to established confidence limits on forecasts. Both methods provide fits that are reasonably consistent with the data; both methods also provide fits that are superior to those that can be made with a power-law function. In general, the maximum-likelihood method provides forecasts having tighter confidence intervals than those provided by weighted least-squares. From extrapolation of maximum-likelihood fits: a magnetic storm with intensity exceeding that of the 1859 Carrington event, −Dst≥850 nT, occurs about 1.13 times per century and a wide 95% confidence interval of [0.42,2.41] times per century; a 100-yr magnetic storm is identified as having a −Dst≥880 nT (greater than Carrington) but a wide 95% confidence interval of [490,1187] nT.

Hydrostatic Bearing Pad Maximum Load and Overturning Conditions for the 70-meter Antenna

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Mcginness, H. D.

1985-01-01

The reflector diameters of the 64-m antennas were increased to 70-m. In order to evaluate the minimum film thickness of the hydrostatic bearing which supports the antenna weight, it is first necessary to have a good estimation of the maximum operational load on the most heavily loaded bearing pad. The maximum hydrostatic bearing load is shown to be sufficiently small and the ratios of stabilizing to over turning moments are ample.

Age determination of soft tissue hematomas.

PubMed

Neumayer, Bernhard; Hassler, Eva; Petrovic, Andreas; Widek, Thomas; Ogris, Kathrin; Scheurer, Eva

2014-11-01

In clinical forensic medicine, the estimation of the age of injuries such as externally visible subcutaneous hematomas is important for the reconstruction of violent events, particularly to include or exclude potential suspects. Since the estimation of the time of origin based on external inspection is unreliable, the aim of this study was to use contrast in MRI to develop an easy-to-use model for hematoma age estimation. In a longitudinal study, artificially created subcutaneous hematomas were repetitively imaged using MRI over a period of two weeks. The hemorrhages were created by injecting autologous blood into the subcutaneous tissue of the thigh in 20 healthy volunteers. For MRI, standard commercially available sequences, namely proton-density-weighted, T2 -weighted and inversion recovery sequences, were used. The hematomas' MRI data were analyzed regarding their contrast behavior using the most suitable sequences to derive a model allowing an objective estimation of the age of soft tissue hematomas. The Michelson contrast between hematoma and muscle in the proton-density-weighted sequence showed an exponentially decreasing behavior with a dynamic range of 0.6 and a maximum standard deviation of 0.1. The contrast of the inversion recovery sequences showed increasing characteristics and was hypointense for TI = 200ms and hyperintense for TI =1000ms. These sequences were used to create a contrast model. The cross-validation of the model finally yielded limits of agreement for hematoma age determination (corresponding to ±1.96 SD) of ±38.7h during the first three days and ±54 h for the entire investigation period. The developed model provides lookup tables which allow for the estimation of a hematoma's age given a single contrast measurement applicable by a radiologist or a forensic physician. This is a first step towards an accurate and objective dating method for subcutaneous hematomas, which will be particularly useful in child abuse. Copyright © 2014 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

Development of a Ground-Based Analog to the Advanced Resistive Exercise Device Aboard the International Space Station

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Newby, Nathaniel J.; Scott-Pandorf, M. M.; Caldwell, E.; DeWitt, J.K.; Fincke, R.; Peters, B.T.

2010-01-01

NASA and Wyle engineers constructed a Horizontal Exercise Fixture (HEF) that was patented in 2006. Recently modifications were made to HEF with the goal of creating a device that mimics squat exercise on the Advanced Resistive Exercise Device (ARED) and can be used by bed rest subjects who must remain supine during exercise. This project posed several engineering challenges, such as how best to reproduce the hip motions (we used a sled that allowed hip motion in the sagittal plane), how to counterweight the pelvis against gravity (we used a pulley and free-weight mechanism), and how to apply large loads (body weight plus squat load) to the shoulders while simultaneously supporting the back against gravity (we tested a standard and a safety bar that allowed movement in the subject s z-axis, both of which used a retractable plate for back support). METHODS An evaluation of the HEF was conducted with human subjects (3F, 3M), who performed sets of squat exercises of increasing load from 10-repetition maximum (RM) up to 1-RM. Three pelvic counterweight loads were tested along with each of the two back-support squat bars. Data collection included 3-dimensional ground reaction forces (GRF), muscle activation (EMG), body motion (video-based motion capture), and subjective comments. These data were compared with previous ground-based ARED study data. RESULTS All subjects in the evaluation were able to perform low- to high-loading squats on the HEF. Four of the 6 subjects preferred a pelvic counterweight equivalent to 60 percent of their body weight. Four subjects preferred the standard squat bar, whereas 2 female subjects preferred the safety bar. EMG data showed muscle activation in the legs and low back typical of squat motion. GRF trajectories and eccentric-concentric loading ratios were similar to ARED. CONCLUSION: Squat exercise performed on HEF approximated squat exercise on ARED.

40 CFR 1066.805 - Road-load power, test weight, and inertia weight class determination.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

.... (a) Simulate a vehicle's test weight on the dynamometer using the appropriate equivalent test weight shown in Table 1 of this section. Equivalent test weights are established according to each vehicle's... weight class corresponding to each equivalent test weight; the inertia weight class allows for grouping...

Generate an Optimum Lightweight Legs Structure Design Based on Critical Posture in A-FLoW Humanoid Robot

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Luthfi, A.; Subhan, K. A.; Eko H, B.; Sanggar, D. R.; Pramadihanto, D.

2018-04-01

Lightweight construction and energy efficiency play an important role in humanoid robot development. The application of computer-aided engineering (CAE) in the development process is one of the possibilities to achieve the appropriate reduction of the weight. This paper describes a method to generate an optimum lightweight legs structure design based on critical posture during walking locomotion in A-FLoW Humanoid robot.The criticalposture can be obtained from the highest forces and moments in each joint of the robot body during walking locomotion. From the finite element analysis (FEA) result can be realized leg structure design of A-FLoW humanoid robot with a maximum displacement value of 0.05 mmand weight reduction about 0.598 Kg from the thigh structure and a maximum displacement value of 0,13 mmand weight reduction about 0.57 kg from the shin structure.

Solubility relations in the ternary system NaCl-CsCl-H2O at 1 atm. 1. Solubilities of halite from 20 to 100 °C

USGS Publications Warehouse

Chou, I.-Ming; Lee, R.D.

1983-01-01

Solubilities of halite in the ternary system NaCl-CsCl-H2O have been determined by the visual polythermal method at 1 atm from 20 to 100??C along five constant CsCl/(CsCl + H2O) weight ratio lines. These five constant weight ratios are 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, and 0.5. The maximum uncertainties in these measurements are ??0.02 wt % NaCl and ??0.15??C. The data along each constant CsCl/(CsCl + H2O) weight ratio line were regressed to a smooth curve. The maximum deviation of the measured solubilities from the smooth curves is 0.06 wt % NaCl. Isothermal solubilities of halite were calculated from smoothed curves at 25, 50, and 75??C.

Design studies of continuously variable transmissions for electric vehicles

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Parker, R. J.; Loewenthal, S. H.; Fischer, G. K.

1981-01-01

Preliminary design studies were performed on four continuously variable transmission (CVT) concepts for use with a flywheel equipped electric vehicle of 1700 kg gross weight. Requirements of the CVT's were a maximum torque of 450 N-m (330 lb-ft), a maximum output power of 75 kW (100 hp), and a flywheel speed range of 28,000 to 14,000 rpm. Efficiency, size, weight, cost, reliability, maintainability, and controls were evaluated for each of the four concepts which included a steel V-belt type, a flat rubber belt type, a toroidal traction type, and a cone roller traction type. All CVT's exhibited relatively high calculated efficiencies (68 percent to 97 percent) over a broad range of vehicle operating conditions. Estimated weight and size of these transmissions were comparable to or less than equivalent automatic transmission. The design of each concept was carried through the design layout stage.

Technical Report: Unmanned Helicopter Solution for Survey-Grade Lidar and Hyperspectral Mapping

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Kaňuk, Ján; Gallay, Michal; Eck, Christoph; Zgraggen, Carlo; Dvorný, Eduard

2018-05-01

Recent development of light-weight unmanned airborne vehicles (UAV) and miniaturization of sensors provide new possibilities for remote sensing and high-resolution mapping. Mini-UAV platforms are emerging, but powerful UAV platforms of higher payload capacity are required to carry the sensors for survey-grade mapping. In this paper, we demonstrate a technological solution and application of two different payloads for highly accurate and detailed mapping. The unmanned airborne system (UAS) comprises a Scout B1-100 autonomously operating UAV helicopter powered by a gasoline two-stroke engine with maximum take-off weight of 75 kg. The UAV allows for integrating of up to 18 kg of a customized payload. Our technological solution comprises two types of payload completely independent of the platform. The first payload contains a VUX-1 laser scanner (Riegl, Austria) and a Sony A6000 E-Mount photo camera. The second payload integrates a hyperspectral push-broom scanner AISA Kestrel 10 (Specim, Finland). The two payloads need to be alternated if mapping with both is required. Both payloads include an inertial navigation system xNAV550 (Oxford Technical Solutions Ltd., United Kingdom), a separate data link, and a power supply unit. Such a constellation allowed for achieving high accuracy of the flight line post-processing in two test missions. The standard deviation was 0.02 m (XY) and 0.025 m (Z), respectively. The intended application of the UAS was for high-resolution mapping and monitoring of landscape dynamics (landslides, erosion, flooding, or crops growth). The legal regulations for such UAV applications in Switzerland and Slovakia are also discussed.

Return on Investment: Ensuring Special Forces Can Fight Another Day

DTIC Science & Technology

2011-12-01

maximum recommended protein intake, even for weight training and bodybuilding. Most non- vegetarian athletes take in more than this in their normal... diet . 5. Limit fat intake to less than 30% of total calories (1 gram of fat = 9 calories0. Items to watch are red meat, peanuts, solid dairy...cereal products every day. 9. Sort-term weight reduction diets are generally useless and occasionally dangerous. Lasting weight modification is

Graphs and matroids weighted in a bounded incline algebra.

PubMed

Lu, Ling-Xia; Zhang, Bei

2014-01-01

Firstly, for a graph weighted in a bounded incline algebra (or called a dioid), a longest path problem (LPP, for short) is presented, which can be considered the uniform approach to the famous shortest path problem, the widest path problem, and the most reliable path problem. The solutions for LPP and related algorithms are given. Secondly, for a matroid weighted in a linear matroid, the maximum independent set problem is studied.

Optimization of radiation treatment of ginger ( Zingiber officinale) rhizomes using response surface methodology

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Nketsia-Tabiri, Josephine

1998-06-01

The effects of pre-irradiation storage time (7-21 days), radiation dose (0-75 Gy) and post-irradiation storage time (2-20 weeks) on sprouting, wrinkling and weight loss of ginger was investigated using a central composite rotatable design. Predictive models developed for all three responses were highly significant. Weight loss and wrinkling decreased as pre-irradiation storage time increased. Dose and post-irradiation storage time had significant interactive effects on weight loss and sprouting. Processing conditions for achieving minimal sprouting resulted in maximum weight loss and wrinkling.

Cascadia Subduction Zone

USGS Publications Warehouse

Frankel, Arthur D.; Petersen, Mark D.

2008-01-01

The geometry and recurrence times of large earthquakes associated with the Cascadia Subduction Zone (CSZ) were discussed and debated at a March 28-29, 2006 Pacific Northwest workshop for the USGS National Seismic Hazard Maps. The CSZ is modeled from Cape Mendocino in California to Vancouver Island in British Columbia. We include the same geometry and weighting scheme as was used in the 2002 model (Frankel and others, 2002) based on thermal constraints (Fig. 1; Fluck and others, 1997 and a reexamination by Wang et al., 2003, Fig. 11, eastern edge of intermediate shading). This scheme includes four possibilities for the lower (eastern) limit of seismic rupture: the base of elastic zone (weight 0.1), the base of transition zone (weight 0.2), the midpoint of the transition zone (weight 0.2), and a model with a long north-south segment at 123.8? W in the southern and central portions of the CSZ, with a dogleg to the northwest in the northern portion of the zone (weight 0.5). The latter model was derived from the approximate average longitude of the contour of the 30 km depth of the CSZ as modeled by Fluck et al. (1997). A global study of the maximum depth of thrust earthquakes on subduction zones by Tichelaar and Ruff (1993) indicated maximum depths of about 40 km for most of the subduction zones studied, although the Mexican subduction zone had a maximum depth of about 25 km (R. LaForge, pers. comm., 2006). The recent inversion of GPS data by McCaffrey et al. (2007) shows a significant amount of coupling (a coupling factor of 0.2-0.3) as far east as 123.8? West in some portions of the CSZ. Both of these lines of evidence lend support to the model with a north-south segment at 123.8? W.

Effects of Weight Loss on Acoustic Parameters After Bariatric Surgery.

PubMed

de Souza, Lourdes Bernadete Rocha; Dos Santos, Marquiony Marques; Pernambuco, Leandro Araújo; de Almeida Godoy, Cynthia Meira; da Silva Lima, Deysianne Meire

2018-05-01

Patients with morbid obesity may present vocal alterations, since large accumulation of fat in the vocal tract may interfere with voice production of these individuals. Verify the neck circumference and the acoustic parameters of voice in obese women, before and after the bariatric surgery, and compare the results with a control group, with normal weight. Observational, longitudinal, descriptive study with patients referred to the SCODE (Obesity Surgery and Related Disorders Center) in a university hospital. The sample consisted of 25 morbidly obese women, age range 28-43 years and 23 non-obese women, aged 21-41 years control group. To measure the neck circumference, a tape measure was used and all participants were seated upright with the head positioned in the Frankfort horizontal plane. The fundamental frequency was calculated through the sustained emission of vowel [a] at usual intensity and pitch, to measure the fundamental frequency of the voice, that is, how much the vocal fold vibrates per second. After the recording, participants were prompted to produce vowels [a], [i], and [u] sustained at usual intensity and pitch, and a stopwatch was used to measure the maximum phonation time, to verify the balance between myoelastic and dynamic forces of the larynx. After 8 months post-surgery, the patients were recruited to be re-evaluated using the same pre-surgical data collection procedures. There was an increase in the mean value of f0. The maximum phonation time of all vowels increased after surgery. Obese individuals with post-surgery weight loss may present neck circumference, fundamental frequency, and maximum phonation time values closer to the mean values of normal weight individuals. In this study, weight loss was sufficient to adjust the acoustic parameter measurements.

In vivo Loads in the Lumbar L3-4 Disc during a Weight Lifting Extension

PubMed Central

Wang, Shaobai; Park, Won Man; Kim, Yoon Hyuk; Cha, Thomas; Wood, Kirkham; Li, Guoan

2014-01-01

Background Knowledge of in vivo human lumbar loading is critical for understanding the lumbar function and for improving surgical treatments of lumbar pathology. Although numerous experimental measurements and computational simulations have been reported, non-invasive determination of in vivo spinal disc loads is still a challenge in biomedical engineering. The object of the study is to investigate the in vivo human lumbar disc loads using a subject-specific and kinematic driven finite element approach. Methods Three dimensional (3D) lumbar spine models of three living subjects were created using MR images. A 3D finite element model of the L3-4 disc, including the annulus fibrosus and nucleus pulposus, was built for each subject. The endplate kinematics of the L3-4 segment of each subject during a dynamic weight lifting extension was determined using a dual fluoroscopic imaging technique. The endplate kinematics was used as displacement boundary conditions of the subject specific finite element model of the L3-4 disc to calculate the in-vivo disc forces and moments during the weight lifting activity. Findings During the weight lifting extension, the L3-4 disc experienced maximum shear load of about 230 N or 0.34 bodyweight at the flexion position and maximum compressive load of 1500 N or 2.28 bodyweight at the upright position. The disc experienced a primary flexion-extension moment during the motion which reached a maximum of 4.2 Nm at upright position with stretched arms holding the weight. Interpretation This study provided quantitative data on in vivo disc loading that could help understand intrinsic biomechanics of the spine and improve surgical treatment of pathological discs using fusion or arthroplasty techniques. PMID:24345591

14 CFR 91.323 - Increased maximum certificated weights for certain airplanes operated in Alaska.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

... certain airplanes operated in Alaska. 91.323 Section 91.323 Aeronautics and Space FEDERAL AVIATION... certain airplanes operated in Alaska. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Federal Aviation... certificated weight of an airplane type certificated under Aeronautics Bulletin No. 7-A of the U.S. Department...

14 CFR 91.323 - Increased maximum certificated weights for certain airplanes operated in Alaska.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... certain airplanes operated in Alaska. 91.323 Section 91.323 Aeronautics and Space FEDERAL AVIATION... certain airplanes operated in Alaska. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Federal Aviation... certificated weight of an airplane type certificated under Aeronautics Bulletin No. 7-A of the U.S. Department...

14 CFR 91.323 - Increased maximum certificated weights for certain airplanes operated in Alaska.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

... certain airplanes operated in Alaska. 91.323 Section 91.323 Aeronautics and Space FEDERAL AVIATION... certain airplanes operated in Alaska. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Federal Aviation... certificated weight of an airplane type certificated under Aeronautics Bulletin No. 7-A of the U.S. Department...

14 CFR 91.323 - Increased maximum certificated weights for certain airplanes operated in Alaska.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

... certain airplanes operated in Alaska. 91.323 Section 91.323 Aeronautics and Space FEDERAL AVIATION... certain airplanes operated in Alaska. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Federal Aviation... certificated weight of an airplane type certificated under Aeronautics Bulletin No. 7-A of the U.S. Department...

14 CFR 91.323 - Increased maximum certificated weights for certain airplanes operated in Alaska.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

... certain airplanes operated in Alaska. 91.323 Section 91.323 Aeronautics and Space FEDERAL AVIATION... certain airplanes operated in Alaska. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Federal Aviation... certificated weight of an airplane type certificated under Aeronautics Bulletin No. 7-A of the U.S. Department...

21 CFR 172.260 - Oxidized polyethylene.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-04-01

... ADDITIVES PERMITTED FOR DIRECT ADDITION TO FOOD FOR HUMAN CONSUMPTION Coatings, Films and Related Substances... average molecular weight of 1,200, as determined by high temperature vapor pressure osmometry; contains a maximum of 5 percent by weight of total oxygen; and has an acid value of 9 to 19. (b) The additive is used...

21 CFR 177.2550 - Reverse osmosis membranes.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... is on the food-contact surface, and its maximum weight is 62 milligrams per square decimeter (4 milligrams per square inch) as a thin film composite on a suitable support. (2) A cross-linked polyetheramine... weight is 4.7 milligrams per square decimeter (0.3 milligrams per square inch) as a thin film composite...

21 CFR 177.2550 - Reverse osmosis membranes.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-04-01

... is on the food-contact surface, and its maximum weight is 62 milligrams per square decimeter (4 milligrams per square inch) as a thin film composite on a suitable support. (2) A cross-linked polyetheramine... weight is 4.7 milligrams per square decimeter (0.3 milligrams per square inch) as a thin film composite...

21 CFR 177.2550 - Reverse osmosis membranes.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... is on the food-contact surface, and its maximum weight is 62 milligrams per square decimeter (4 milligrams per square inch) as a thin film composite on a suitable support. (2) A cross-linked polyetheramine... weight is 4.7 milligrams per square decimeter (0.3 milligrams per square inch) as a thin film composite...

21 CFR 177.2550 - Reverse osmosis membranes.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-04-01

... is on the food-contact surface, and its maximum weight is 62 milligrams per square decimeter (4 milligrams per square inch) as a thin film composite on a suitable support. (2) A cross-linked polyetheramine... weight is 4.7 milligrams per square decimeter (0.3 milligrams per square inch) as a thin film composite...

14 CFR 27.175 - Demonstration of static longitudinal stability.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

...) Critical center of gravity; (3) Maximum continuous power; (4) The landing gear retracted; and (5) The... kt, with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power for level flight at 0.8 VNE... − 20 kt to VNE with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power required for level...

14 CFR 27.175 - Demonstration of static longitudinal stability.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

...) Critical center of gravity; (3) Maximum continuous power; (4) The landing gear retracted; and (5) The... kt, with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power for level flight at 0.8 VNE... − 20 kt to VNE with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power required for level...

14 CFR 27.175 - Demonstration of static longitudinal stability.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

...) Critical center of gravity; (3) Maximum continuous power; (4) The landing gear retracted; and (5) The... kt, with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power for level flight at 0.8 VNE... − 20 kt to VNE with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power required for level...

14 CFR 29.175 - Demonstration of static longitudinal stability.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

...) Critical center of gravity; (3) Maximum continuous power; (4) The landing gear retracted; and (5) The... kt, with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power for level flight at 0.8 VNE... − 20 kt to VNE with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power required for level...

14 CFR 27.175 - Demonstration of static longitudinal stability.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

...) Critical center of gravity; (3) Maximum continuous power; (4) The landing gear retracted; and (5) The... kt, with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power for level flight at 0.8 VNE... − 20 kt to VNE with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power required for level...

14 CFR 29.175 - Demonstration of static longitudinal stability.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

...) Critical center of gravity; (3) Maximum continuous power; (4) The landing gear retracted; and (5) The... kt, with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power for level flight at 0.8 VNE... − 20 kt to VNE with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power required for level...

14 CFR 29.175 - Demonstration of static longitudinal stability.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

...) Critical center of gravity; (3) Maximum continuous power; (4) The landing gear retracted; and (5) The... kt, with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power for level flight at 0.8 VNE... − 20 kt to VNE with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power required for level...

14 CFR 29.175 - Demonstration of static longitudinal stability.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

...) Critical center of gravity; (3) Maximum continuous power; (4) The landing gear retracted; and (5) The... kt, with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power for level flight at 0.8 VNE... − 20 kt to VNE with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power required for level...

14 CFR 27.175 - Demonstration of static longitudinal stability.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

...) Critical center of gravity; (3) Maximum continuous power; (4) The landing gear retracted; and (5) The... kt, with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power for level flight at 0.8 VNE... − 20 kt to VNE with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power required for level...

14 CFR 29.175 - Demonstration of static longitudinal stability.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-01-01

...) Critical center of gravity; (3) Maximum continuous power; (4) The landing gear retracted; and (5) The... kt, with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power for level flight at 0.8 VNE... − 20 kt to VNE with— (1) Critical weight; (2) Critical center of gravity; (3) Power required for level...

Noise characterization of oil and gas operations.

PubMed

Radtke, Cameron; Autenrieth, Daniel A; Lipsey, Tiffany; Brazile, William J

2017-08-01

In cooperation with The Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission, researchers at Colorado State University performed area noise monitoring at 23 oil and gas sites throughout Northern Colorado. The goals of this study were to: (1) measure and compare the noise levels for the different phases of oil and gas development sites; (2) evaluate the effectiveness of noise barriers; and (3) determine if noise levels exceeded the Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission noise limits. The four phases of oil and gas development include drilling, hydraulic fracturing, completion and production. Noise measurements were collected using the A- and C-weighted sound scales. Octave band analysis was also performed to characterize the frequency spectra of the noise measurements.  Noise measurements were collected using noise dosimeters and a hand-held sound-level meter at specified distances from the development sites in each cardinal direction. At 350 ft (107 m), drilling, hydraulic fracturing, and completion sites without noise barriers exceeded the maximum permissible noise levels for residential and commercial zones (55 dBA and 60 dBA, respectively). In addition, drilling and hydraulic fracturing sites with noise barriers exceeded the maximum permissible noise level for residential zones (55 dBA). However, during drilling, hydraulic fracturing, and completion operations, oil producers are allowed an exception to the noise permissible limits in that they only must comply with the industrial noise limit (80 dBA). It is stated in Rule 604.c.(2)A. that: "Operations involving pipeline or gas facility installation or maintenance, the use of a drilling rig, completion rig, workover rig, or stimulation is subject to the maximum permissible noise levels for industrial zones (80dBA)." [8] Production sites were within the Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission permissible noise level criteria for all zones. At 350 ft (107 m) from the noise source, all drilling, hydraulic fracturing, and completion sites exceeded 65 dBC.  Current noise wall mitigation strategies reduced noise levels in both the A- and C-weighted scale measurements. However, this reduction in noise was not sufficient to reduce the noise below the residential permissible noise level (55 dBA).

Vehicle Maximum Weight Limitation Based on Intelligent Weight Sensor

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Raihan, W.; Tessar, R. M.; Ernest, C. O. S.; E Byan, W. R.; Winda, A.

2017-03-01

Vehicle weight is an important factor to be maintained for transportation safety. A weight limitation system is proposed to make sure the vehicle weight is always below its designation prior the vehicle is being used by the driver. The proposed system is divided into two systems, namely vehicle weight confirmation system and weight warning system. In vehicle weight confirmation system, the weight sensor work for the first time after the ignition switch is turned on. When the weight is under the weight limit, the starter engine can be switched on to start the engine system, otherwise it will be locked. The seconds system, will operated after checking all the door at close position, once the door of the car is closed, the weight warning system will check once again the weight during runing engine condition. The results of these two systems, vehicle weight confirmation system and weight warning system have 100 % accuracy, respectively. These show that the proposed vehicle weight limitation system operate well.

14 CFR 23.203 - Turning flight and accelerated turning stalls.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

... § 23.201(b), it must be possible to regain wings level flight by normal use of the flight controls, but... percent of maximum continuous power results in extreme nose-up attitudes, the test may be carried out with..., if the power-to-weight ratio at 75 percent of maximum continuous power results in nose-high attitudes...

14 CFR 135.159 - Equipment requirements: Carrying passengers under VFR at night or under VFR over-the-top conditions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-01-01

... chapter. (2) Helicopters with a third attitude instrument system usable through flight attitudes of ±80.... (3) Helicopters with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of 6,000 pounds or less. (b) A slip skid...) Notwithstanding provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d), helicopters having a maximum certificated takeoff...

14 CFR 135.159 - Equipment requirements: Carrying passengers under VFR at night or under VFR over-the-top conditions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-01-01

... chapter. (2) Helicopters with a third attitude instrument system usable through flight attitudes of ±80.... (3) Helicopters with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of 6,000 pounds or less. (b) A slip skid...) Notwithstanding provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d), helicopters having a maximum certificated takeoff...

14 CFR 135.159 - Equipment requirements: Carrying passengers under VFR at night or under VFR over-the-top conditions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-01-01

... chapter. (2) Helicopters with a third attitude instrument system usable through flight attitudes of ±80.... (3) Helicopters with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of 6,000 pounds or less. (b) A slip skid...) Notwithstanding provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d), helicopters having a maximum certificated takeoff...

14 CFR 135.159 - Equipment requirements: Carrying passengers under VFR at night or under VFR over-the-top conditions.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-01-01

... chapter. (2) Helicopters with a third attitude instrument system usable through flight attitudes of ±80.... (3) Helicopters with a maximum certificated takeoff weight of 6,000 pounds or less. (b) A slip skid...) Notwithstanding provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), and (d), helicopters having a maximum certificated takeoff...

A Rapid Empirical Method for Estimating the Gross Takeoff Weight of a High Speed Civil Transport

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Mack, Robert J.

1999-01-01

During the cruise segment of the flight mission, aircraft flying at supersonic speeds generate sonic booms that are usually maximum at the beginning of cruise. The pressure signature with the shocks causing these perceived booms can be predicted if the aircraft's geometry, Mach number, altitude, angle of attack, and cruise weight are known. Most methods for estimating aircraft weight, especially beginning-cruise weight, are empirical and based on least- square-fit equations that best represent a body of component weight data. The empirical method discussed in this report used simplified weight equations based on a study of performance and weight data from conceptual and real transport aircraft. Like other weight-estimation methods, weights were determined at several points in the mission. While these additional weights were found to be useful, it is the determination of beginning-cruise weight that is most important for the prediction of the aircraft's sonic-boom characteristics.

Container System Hardware (1992) Status Report

DTIC Science & Technology

1992-01-01

high ). The 35’ special-purpose flatracks were designed specifically for use on-board the T- AKR and are capable of carrying a maximum cargo ...primarily to ship ammunition having a high weight to volume ratio such as 155mm projectiles. STATUS In August 1989, the Navy awarded a contract to...and have external dimensions of 8’ wide, 8’ high , and 20’ long. Gross shipping weight is 20,000 pounds with a tare weight of approximately

Radiotracer Dilution Method for Mercury Inventory Study in Electrolytic Cells

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Sugiharto, Su'ud, Zaki; Kurniadi, Rizal; Waris, Abdul; Santoso, Sigit Budi; Abidin, Zainal; Santoso, Gatot Budi

2010-06-01

Purpose of the experiment is to demonstrate feasibility the use of radiotracer to measure weight of mercury in electrolytic cells of soda industry. The weight of mercury in each cell of the plant is designed approximately 1700 kg. Radiotracer is prepared by mixing 203 Hg radioactive mercury with 2400 g of inactive mercury in a bath. The respective precisely weighted mercury aliquots to be injected into the cells are prepared by pouring approximately 130 g of radioactive mercury taken from the bath into 13 standard vials, in accordance with the number of the cells tested. Four standard references prepared by further dilution of ±2 g active mercury taken from the bath to obtain the dilution factors range of 12,000 to 20,000 from which the calibration graph is constructed. The injection process is conducting by pouring the radioactive mercury from aliquots into the flowing mercury at the inlet side of the cell and allows them to mix thoroughly. It is assumed that the mass of the radiotracer injected into a closed system remains constant, at least during the period of the test. From this experiment it was observed that the mixing time is two days after injection of radioactive mercury. The inactive mercury in each electrolytic cell calculated by the radiotracer method is of the range 1351.529 kg to 1966.354 kg with maximum error (95% confidence) is 1.52 %. The accuracy of measurement of the present method is better than gravimetric one which accounts 4 % of error on average.

The role of silver in the processing and properties of Bi-2212

DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

Lang, T.; Heeb, B.; Buhl, D.

1994-12-31

The influence of the silver content and the oxygen partial pressure on the solidus temperature and the weight loss during melting of Bi{sub 2}Sr{sub 2}Ca{sub 1}Cu{sub 2}O{sub x} has been examined by means of DTA and TGA. By decreasing the oxygen partial pressure the solidus is lowered (e.g. {triangle}T=59{degrees}C by decreasing pO{sub 2} from 1 atm to 0.001 atm) and the weight loss is increased. The addition of silver causes two effects: (a) the solidus is further decreased (e.g. 2wt% Ag lower T{sub solidus} by up to 25{degrees}C, depending on the oxygen partial pressure), (b) the weight loss during meltingmore » is reduced. Thick films (10-20 {mu}m in thickness) with 0 and 5 wt% silver and bulk samples with 0 and 2.7 wt% silver were melt processed in flowing oxygen on a silver substrate in the DTA, allowing the observation of the melting process and a good temperature control. The critical current densities are vigorously dependent on the maximum processing temperature. The highest j{sub c} in thick films (8000 A/cm{sup 2} at 77 K, O T) was reached by melting 7{degrees}C above the solidus temperature. The silver addition shows no significant effect on the processing parameters or the superconducting properties. The highest j{sub c} for bulk samples (1 mm in thickness) was obtained by partial melting at 900{degrees}C or 880{degrees}C, depending on the silver content of the powder (0 or 2.7 wt%). The j{sub c} of the samples is slightly enhanced from 1800 A/cm{sup 2} (at 77 K, O T) to 2000 A/cm{sup 2} by the silver addition. To be able to reach at least 80% of the maximum critical current density, the temperature has to be controlled in a window of 5{degrees}C for thick films and 17{degrees}C for bulk samples.« less

Differentiation of periapical granulomas and cysts by using dental MRI: a pilot study.

PubMed

Juerchott, Alexander; Pfefferle, Thorsten; Flechtenmacher, Christa; Mente, Johannes; Bendszus, Martin; Heiland, Sabine; Hilgenfeld, Tim

2018-05-17

The purpose of this pilot study was to evaluate whether periapical granulomas can be differentiated from periapical cysts in vivo by using dental magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). Prior to apicoectomy, 11 patients with radiographically confirmed periapical lesions underwent dental MRI, including fat-saturated T2-weighted (T2wFS) images, non-contrast-enhanced T1-weighted images with and without fat saturation (T1w/T1wFS), and contrast-enhanced fat-saturated T1-weighted (T1wFS+C) images. Two independent observers performed structured image analysis of MRI datasets twice. A total of 15 diagnostic MRI criteria were evaluated, and histopathological results (6 granulomas and 5 cysts) were compared with MRI characteristics. Statistical analysis was performed using intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC), Cohen's kappa (κ), Mann-Whitney U-test and Fisher's exact test. Lesion identification and consecutive structured image analysis was possible on T2wFS and T1wFS+C MRI images. A high reproducibility was shown for MRI measurements of the maximum lesion diameter (intraobserver ICC = 0.996/0.998; interobserver ICC = 0.997), for the "peripheral rim" thickness (intraobserver ICC = 0.988/0.984; interobserver ICC = 0.970), and for all non-quantitative MRI criteria (intraobserver-κ = 0.990/0.995; interobserver-κ = 0.988). In accordance with histopathological results, six MRI criteria allowed for a clear differentiation between cysts and granulomas: (1) outer margin of lesion, (2) texture of "peripheral rim" in T1wFS+C, (3) texture of "lesion center" in T2wFS, (4) surrounding tissue involvement in T2wFS, (5) surrounding tissue involvement in T1wFS+C and (6) maximum "peripheral rim" thickness (all: P < 0.05). In conclusion, this pilot study indicates that radiation-free dental MRI enables a reliable differentiation between periapical cysts and granulomas in vivo. Thus, MRI may substantially improve treatment strategies and help to avoid unnecessary surgery in apical periodontitis.

Crops Models for Varying Environmental Conditions

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Jones, Harry; Cavazzoni, James; Keas, Paul

2001-01-01

New variable environment Modified Energy Cascade (MEC) crop models were developed for all the Advanced Life Support (ALS) candidate crops and implemented in SIMULINK. The MEC models are based on the Volk, Bugbee, and Wheeler Energy Cascade (EC) model and are derived from more recent Top-Level Energy Cascade (TLEC) models. The MEC models simulate crop plant responses to day-to-day changes in photosynthetic photon flux, photoperiod, carbon dioxide level, temperature, and relative humidity. The original EC model allows changes in light energy but uses a less accurate linear approximation. The simulation outputs of the new MEC models for constant nominal environmental conditions are very similar to those of earlier EC models that use parameters produced by the TLEC models. There are a few differences. The new MEC models allow setting the time for seed emergence, have realistic exponential canopy growth, and have corrected harvest dates for potato and tomato. The new MEC models indicate that the maximum edible biomass per meter squared per day is produced at the maximum allowed carbon dioxide level, the nominal temperatures, and the maximum light input. Reducing the carbon dioxide level from the maximum to the minimum allowed in the model reduces crop production significantly. Increasing temperature decreases production more than it decreases the time to harvest, so productivity in edible biomass per meter squared per day is greater at nominal than maximum temperatures, The productivity in edible biomass per meter squared per day is greatest at the maximum light energy input allowed in the model, but the edible biomass produced per light energy input unit is lower than at nominal light levels. Reducing light levels increases light and power use efficiency. The MEC models suggest we can adjust the light energy day-to- day to accommodate power shortages or Lise excess power while monitoring and controlling edible biomass production.

Subsystem Analysis/Optimization for the X-34 Main Propulsion System

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

McDonald, J. P.; Hedayat, A.; Brown, T. M.; Knight, K. C.; Champion, R. H., Jr.

1998-01-01

The Orbital Sciences Corporation X-34 vehicle demonstrates technologies and operations key to future reusable launch vehicles. The general flight performance goal of this unmanned rocket plane is Mach 8 flight at an altitude of 250,000 feet. The Main Propulsion System (MPS) supplies liquid propellants to the main engine, which provides the primary thrust for attaining mission goals. Major MPS design and operational goals are aircraft-like ground operations, quick turnaround between missions, and low initial/operational costs. Analyses related to optimal MPS subsystem design are reviewed in this paper. A pressurization system trade weighs maintenance/reliability concerns against those for safety in a comparison of designs using pressure regulators versus orifices to control pressurant flow. A propellant dump/feed system analysis weighs the issues of maximum allowable vehicle landing weight, trajectory, and MPS complexity to arrive at a final configuration for propellant dump/feed systems.

Paper-Thin Coating Offers Maximum Protection

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

2001-01-01

Wessex Incorporated has recently taken a technology that was originally developed for NASA as a protective coating for ceramic materials used in heatshields for space vehicles, and modified it for use in applications such as building materials, machinery, and transportation. The technology, developed at NASA Ames Research Center as a protective coating for flexible ceramic composites (PCC), is environmentally safe, water-based, and contains no solvents. Many other flame-retardant materials contain petroleum-based components, which can produce toxic smoke under flame. Wessex versions of PCC can be used to shield ceramics, wood, plasterboard, steel, plastics, fiberglass, and other materials from catastrophic fires. They are extraordinarily tough and exhibit excellent resistance to thermal shock, vibration, abrasion, and mechanical damage. One thin layer of coating provides necessary protection and allows for flexibility while avoiding excessive weight disadvantages. The coating essentially reduces the likelihood of the underlying material becoming so hot that it combusts and thus inhibits the "flashover" phenomenon from occurring.

Wavelet denoising of multiframe optical coherence tomography data

PubMed Central

Mayer, Markus A.; Borsdorf, Anja; Wagner, Martin; Hornegger, Joachim; Mardin, Christian Y.; Tornow, Ralf P.

2012-01-01

We introduce a novel speckle noise reduction algorithm for OCT images. Contrary to present approaches, the algorithm does not rely on simple averaging of multiple image frames or denoising on the final averaged image. Instead it uses wavelet decompositions of the single frames for a local noise and structure estimation. Based on this analysis, the wavelet detail coefficients are weighted, averaged and reconstructed. At a signal-to-noise gain at about 100% we observe only a minor sharpness decrease, as measured by a full-width-half-maximum reduction of 10.5%. While a similar signal-to-noise gain would require averaging of 29 frames, we achieve this result using only 8 frames as input to the algorithm. A possible application of the proposed algorithm is preprocessing in retinal structure segmentation algorithms, to allow a better differentiation between real tissue information and unwanted speckle noise. PMID:22435103

Wavelet denoising of multiframe optical coherence tomography data.

PubMed

Mayer, Markus A; Borsdorf, Anja; Wagner, Martin; Hornegger, Joachim; Mardin, Christian Y; Tornow, Ralf P

2012-03-01

We introduce a novel speckle noise reduction algorithm for OCT images. Contrary to present approaches, the algorithm does not rely on simple averaging of multiple image frames or denoising on the final averaged image. Instead it uses wavelet decompositions of the single frames for a local noise and structure estimation. Based on this analysis, the wavelet detail coefficients are weighted, averaged and reconstructed. At a signal-to-noise gain at about 100% we observe only a minor sharpness decrease, as measured by a full-width-half-maximum reduction of 10.5%. While a similar signal-to-noise gain would require averaging of 29 frames, we achieve this result using only 8 frames as input to the algorithm. A possible application of the proposed algorithm is preprocessing in retinal structure segmentation algorithms, to allow a better differentiation between real tissue information and unwanted speckle noise.

Application of Fenton oxidation to cosmetic wastewaters treatment.

PubMed

Bautista, P; Mohedano, A F; Gilarranz, M A; Casas, J A; Rodriguez, J J

2007-05-08

The removal of organic matter (TOC and COD) from a cosmetic wastewater by Fenton oxidation treatment has been evaluated. The operating conditions (temperature as well as ferrous ion and hydrogen peroxide dosage) have been optimized. Working at an initial pH equal to 3.0, a Fe(2+) concentration of 200 mg/L and a H(2)O(2) concentration to COD initial weight ratio corresponding to the theoretical stoichiometric value (2.12), a TOC conversion higher than 45% at 25 degrees C and 60% at 50 degrees C was achieved. Application of the Fenton oxidation process allows to reach the COD regional limit for industrial wastewaters discharges to the municipal sewer system. A simple kinetic analysis based on TOC was carried out. A second-order equation describes well the overall kinetics of the process within a wide TOC conversion range covering up to the 80-90% of the maximum achievable conversion.

Diurnal Changes in Volume and Specific Tissue Weight of Crassulacean Acid Metabolism Plants 1

PubMed Central

Chen, Sheng-Shu; Black, Clanton C.

1983-01-01

The diurnal variations in volume and in specific weight were determined for green stems and leaves of Crassulacen acid metabolism (CAM) plants. Volume changes were measured by a water displacement method. Diurnal variations occurred in the volume of green CAM tissues. Their volume increased early in the light period reaching a maximum about mid-day, then the volume decreased to a minimum near midnight. The maximum volume increase each day was about 2.7% of the total volume. Control leaves of C3 and C4 plants exhibited reverse diurnal volume changes of 0.2 to 0.4%. The hypothesis is presented and supported that green CAM tissues should exhibit a diurnal increase in volume due to the increase of internal gas pressure from CO2 and O2 when their stomata are closed. Conversely, the volume should decrease when the gas pressure is decreased. The second hypothesis presented and supported was that the specific weight (milligrams of dry weight per square centimeter of green surface area) of green CAM tissues should increase at night due to the net fixation of CO2. Green CAM tissues increased their specific weight at night in contrast to control C3 and C4 leaves which decreased their specific weight at night. With Kalanchoë daigremontiana leaves, the calculated increase in specific leaf weight at night based on estimates of carbohydrate available for net CO2 fixation was near 6% and the measured increase in specific leaf weight was 6%. Diurnal measurements of CAM tissue water content were neither coincident nor reciprocal with their diurnal patterns of either volume or specific weight changes. PMID:16662833

Development of a low-cost sun sensor for nanosatellites

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Antonello, Andrea; Olivieri, Lorenzo; Francesconi, Alessandro

2018-03-01

Sun sensors represent a common and reliable technology for attitude determination, employed in many space missions thanks to their limited size and weight. Typically, two-axis digital Sun sensors employ an array of active pixels arranged behind a small aperture; the position of the sunlight's spot allows to determine the direction of the Sun. With the advent of smaller vehicles such as CubeSats and Nanosats, there is the need to further reduce the size and weight of such devices: as a trade-off, this usually results in the curtail of the performances. Nowadays, state of the art Sun sensors for CubeSats have resolutions of about 0.5°, with fields of view in the ±45° to ±90° range, with off-the-self prices of several thousands of dollars. In this work we introduce a novel low-cost miniaturized Sun sensor, based on a commercial CMOS camera detector; its main feature is the reduced size with respect to state-of-the-art sensors developed from the same technology, making it employable on CubeSats. The sensor consists of a precisely machined pinhole with a 10 μm circular aperture, placed at a distance of 7 mm from the CMOS. The standoff distance and casing design allow for a maximum resolution of less than 0.03°, outperforming most of the products currently available for nano and pico platforms; furthermore, the nature of the technology allows for reduced size and lightweight characteristics. The design, development and laboratory tests of the sensor are here introduced, starting with the definition of the physical model, the geometrical layout and its theoretical resolution; a more accurate model was then developed in order to account for the geometrical deviations and deformations of the pinhole-projected light-spot, as well as to account for the background noise and disturbances to the electronics. Finally, the laboratory setup is presented along with the test campaigns: the results obtained are compared with the simulations, allowing for the validation of the theoretical model.

Classification of Kiwifruit Grades Based on Fruit Shape Using a Single Camera

PubMed Central

Fu, Longsheng; Sun, Shipeng; Li, Rui; Wang, Shaojin

2016-01-01

This study aims to demonstrate the feasibility for classifying kiwifruit into shape grades by adding a single camera to current Chinese sorting lines equipped with weight sensors. Image processing methods are employed to calculate fruit length, maximum diameter of the equatorial section, and projected area. A stepwise multiple linear regression method is applied to select significant variables for predicting minimum diameter of the equatorial section and volume and to establish corresponding estimation models. Results show that length, maximum diameter of the equatorial section and weight are selected to predict the minimum diameter of the equatorial section, with the coefficient of determination of only 0.82 when compared to manual measurements. Weight and length are then selected to estimate the volume, which is in good agreement with the measured one with the coefficient of determination of 0.98. Fruit classification based on the estimated minimum diameter of the equatorial section achieves a low success rate of 84.6%, which is significantly improved using a linear combination of the length/maximum diameter of the equatorial section and projected area/length ratios, reaching 98.3%. Thus, it is possible for Chinese kiwifruit sorting lines to reach international standards of grading kiwifruit on fruit shape classification by adding a single camera. PMID:27376292

The Estimation of Compaction Parameter Values Based on Soil Properties Values Stabilized with Portland Cement

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Lubis, A. S.; Muis, Z. A.; Pasaribu, M. I.

2017-03-01

The strength and durability of pavement construction is highly dependent on the properties and subgrade bearing capacity. This then led to the idea of the selection methods to estimate the density of the soil with the proper implementation of the system, fast and economical. This study aims to estimate the compaction parameter value namely the maximum dry unit weight (γd max) and optimum moisture content (wopt) of the soil properties value that stabilized with Portland Cement. Tests conducted in the laboratory of soil mechanics to determine the index properties (fines and liquid limit) and Standard Compaction Test. Soil samples that have Plasticity Index (PI) between 0-15% then mixed with Portland Cement (PC) with variations of 2%, 4%, 6%, 8% and 10%, each 10 samples. The results showed that the maximum dry unit weight (γd max) and wopt has a significant relationship with percent fines, liquid limit and the percentation of cement. Equation for the estimated maximum dry unit weight (γd max) = 1.782 - 0.011*LL + 0,000*F + 0.006*PS with R2 = 0.915 and the estimated optimum moisture content (wopt) = 3.441 + 0.594*LL + 0,025*F + 0,024*PS with R2 = 0.726.

27 CFR 555.222 - Table of distances between fireworks process buildings and between fireworks process and...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-04-01

... weight is the weight of all pyrotechnic compositions, and explosive materials and fuse only. 2 The..., the distances must be doubled. 3 While consumer fireworks or articles pyrotechnic in a finished state... pyrotechnic are being processed shall meet these requirements. 4 A maximum of 500 pounds of in-process...

27 CFR 555.222 - Table of distances between fireworks process buildings and between fireworks process and...

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-04-01

... weight is the weight of all pyrotechnic compositions, and explosive materials and fuse only. 2 The..., the distances must be doubled. 3 While consumer fireworks or articles pyrotechnic in a finished state... pyrotechnic are being processed shall meet these requirements. 4 A maximum of 500 pounds of in-process...

29 CFR 1917.71 - Terminals handling intermodal containers or roll-on roll-off operations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

2012-07-01

... pounds; (2) The maximum cargo weight the container is designed to carry, in pounds; and (3) The sum of the weight of the container and the cargo, in pounds. (b) No container shall be hoisted by any crane... any, that such container is empty. Methods of identification may include cargo plans, manifests or...

29 CFR 1917.71 - Terminals handling intermodal containers or roll-on roll-off operations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

2010-07-01

... pounds; (2) The maximum cargo weight the container is designed to carry, in pounds; and (3) The sum of the weight of the container and the cargo, in pounds. (b) No container shall be hoisted by any crane... any, that such container is empty. Methods of identification may include cargo plans, manifests or...

29 CFR 1917.71 - Terminals handling intermodal containers or roll-on roll-off operations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

2011-07-01

... pounds; (2) The maximum cargo weight the container is designed to carry, in pounds; and (3) The sum of the weight of the container and the cargo, in pounds. (b) No container shall be hoisted by any crane... any, that such container is empty. Methods of identification may include cargo plans, manifests or...

29 CFR 1917.71 - Terminals handling intermodal containers or roll-on roll-off operations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

2014-07-01

... pounds; (2) The maximum cargo weight the container is designed to carry, in pounds; and (3) The sum of the weight of the container and the cargo, in pounds. (b) No container shall be hoisted by any crane... any, that such container is empty. Methods of identification may include cargo plans, manifests or...

29 CFR 1917.71 - Terminals handling intermodal containers or roll-on roll-off operations.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-07-01

... pounds; (2) The maximum cargo weight the container is designed to carry, in pounds; and (3) The sum of the weight of the container and the cargo, in pounds. (b) No container shall be hoisted by any crane... any, that such container is empty. Methods of identification may include cargo plans, manifests or...

The design of broadband radar absorbing surfaces

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Suk, Go H.

1990-09-01

There has been a growing and widespread interest in radar absorbing material technology. As the name implies, radar absorbing materials or RAM's are coatings whose electric and magnetic properties have been selected to allow the absorption of microwave energy at discrete or broadband frequencies. In military applications low radar cross section (RCS) of a vehicle may be required in order to escape detection while a covert mission is being carried on. These requirements have led to the very low observable or stealth technology that reduces the probability of detection of an aircraft. The design of radar absorbing materials is limited by constraints on the allowable volume and weight of the surface coating, and it is difficult to design a broadband radar absorbing structure in limited volume. This thesis investigates the use of lossy dielectric materials of high dielectric permittivity in multilayer composites for the production of low radar cross section (RCS). The analysis is done by computing the plane wave reflection coefficient at the exterior surface of the composite coating by means of a computer program which selects layer parameters which determine low reflection coefficients for electromagnetic radiation under constraint of limited layer thickness as well as maximum frequency bandwidth.

A new device for slow progressive narrowing of vessels.

PubMed

Lange, P E; Sievers, H H; Nürnberg, J H; Engler, K; Pilarczyk, J; Onnasch, D G; Bernhard, A; Heintzen, P H

1985-01-01

The purpose of this work was to develop a device which allows slow progressive banding of a great artery in infants within 4 to 5 weeks. Employed was the hygroscopic casein ameroid. When brought in contact with fluids, an ameroid cylinder expands characteristically. An early phase of fast expansion proceeds gradually to a phase of slow growth. Size, shape, and encasement of ameroid as well as temperature and type of surrounding fluid modify but do not alter the typical pattern of expansion. The developed constrictor (weight: 5.8 kg, length: 18 mm, diameter: 12 mm) includes a stainless steel socket containing an ameroid cylinder (length: 8.5 mm, diameter: 8 mm). The expanding ameroid pushes a piston with a concave extension (makrolon) a maximum of 2 mm against the artery, which is fixed to the metal housing by a teflon band (width: 4 mm, thickness: 0.5 mm). The band runs in 2 fitting grooves on the metal housing to which it is fixed by a metal ring with a precisely manufactured internal thread allowing exact tightening and loosening of the band around the artery. Utilization of inert materials like teflon, makrolon, and stainless steel warrants experimental and possibly clinical application of the developed small constrictor.

[Bilateral traumatic patella fracture: a case report].

PubMed

Cırpar, Meriç; Türker, Mehmet; Aslan, Arif; Yalçınozan, Mehmet

2011-08-01

Patellar fractures are uncommon injuries and account for approximately 1% of all fractures. In this article, a 35-year-old male patient who sustained a collision deceleration accident with bilateral comminuted transverse patellar fractures is presented. For this patient, open reduction and internal fixation with tension band technique, using two Kirschner wires and cerclage wire was applied for both fractures. At the first postoperative day, isometric quadriceps and active range of motion exercises were begun and the patient was allowed to walk full weight bearing with two crutches while both extremities were immobilized in a hinged brace allowing maximum 30 degrees of flexion. At postoperative fourth week brace immobilization was terminated. However, the patient was advised to use crutches for two weeks more to prevent any complications that may arise during walking because of the bilaterally of the injury. At six weeks solid union was achieved. During the last visit at postoperative second year, the patient had no complaints and the range of motion was full. In this paper a case of bilateral patella fractures is presented as a consequence of a dashboard injury, and the pathomechanical and therapeutical aspects of such an injury is discussed.

Multiple optimality criteria support Ornithoscelida

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Parry, Luke A.; Baron, Matthew G.; Vinther, Jakob

2017-10-01

A recent study of early dinosaur evolution using equal-weights parsimony recovered a scheme of dinosaur interrelationships and classification that differed from historical consensus in a single, but significant, respect; Ornithischia and Saurischia were not recovered as monophyletic sister-taxa, but rather Ornithischia and Theropoda formed a novel clade named Ornithoscelida. However, these analyses only used maximum parsimony, and numerous recent simulation studies have questioned the accuracy of parsimony under equal weights. Here, we provide additional support for this alternative hypothesis using Bayesian implementation of the Mkv model, as well as through number of additional parsimony analyses, including implied weighting. Using Bayesian inference and implied weighting, we recover the same fundamental topology for Dinosauria as the original study, with a monophyletic Ornithoscelida, demonstrating that the main suite of methods used in morphological phylogenetics recover this novel hypothesis. This result was further scrutinized through the systematic exclusion of different character sets. Novel characters from the original study (those not taken or adapted from previous phylogenetic studies) were found to be more important for resolving the relationships within Dinosauromorpha than the relationships within Dinosauria. Reanalysis of a modified version of the character matrix that supports the Ornithischia-Saurischia dichotomy under maximum parsimony also supports this hypothesis under implied weighting, but not under the Mkv model, with both Theropoda and Sauropodomorpha becoming paraphyletic with respect to Ornithischia.

Kaolinite Nanocomposite Platelets Synthesized by Intercalation and Imidization of Poly(styrene-co-maleic anhydride)

PubMed Central

Samyn, Pieter; Schoukens, Gustaaf; Stanssens, Dirk

2015-01-01

A synthesis route is presented for the subsequent intercalation, exfoliation and surface modification of kaolinite (Kln) by an imidization reaction of high-molecular weight poly(styrene-co-maleic anhydride) or SMA in the presence of ammonium hydroxide. In a first step, the intercalation of ammonolyzed SMA by guest displacement of intercalated dimethylsulfoxide has been proven. In a second step, the imidization of ammonolyzed SMA at 160 °C results in exfoliation of the kaolinite layers and deposition of poly(styrene-co-maleimide) or SMI nanoparticles onto the kaolinite surfaces. Compared with a physical mixture of Kln/SMI, the chemically reacted Kln/SMI provides more efficient exfoliation and hydrogen bonding between the nanoparticles and the kaolinite. The kaolinite nanocomposite particles are synthesized in aqueous dispersion with solid content of 65 wt %. The intercalation and exfoliation are optimized for a concentration ratio of Kln/SMI = 70:30, resulting in maximum intercalation and interlayer distance in combination with highest imide content. After thermal curing at 135 °C, the imidization proceeds towards a maximum conversion of the intermediate amic acid moieties. The changes in O–H stretching and kaolinite lattice vibrations have been illustrated by infrared and FT-Raman spectroscopy, which allow for a good quantification of concentration and imidization effects. PMID:28793445

Dietary and body weight control: therapeutic education, motivational interviewing and cognitive-behavioral approaches for long-term weight loss maintenance.

PubMed

Golay, Alain

2006-01-01

A diet always induces weight loss in the short term. The loss does not depend on the dietary composition but rather on the caloric deficit. However, a drastic diet often induces binge eating disorders and can lead to a weight gain in the long term. A cognitive-behavioral-nutritional approach allows lasting weight loss and best results with low fat diets in the long term. Therapeutic education is a patient-centered humanistic approach which allows patients to be actors in their own treatment and own diet to improve their success in losing weight and their quality of life. Motivational interviewing and cognitive-behavioral approaches are perfect complements to therapeutic education for long-term weight loss maintenance. Finally, the best diet is the one that the patient can follow in the long term.

Flight-Path Characteristics for Decelerating From Supercircular Speed

NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

Luidens, Roger W.

1961-01-01

Characteristics of the following six flight paths for decelerating from a supercircular speed are developed in closed form: constant angle of attack, constant net acceleration, constant altitude" constant free-stream Reynolds number, and "modulated roll." The vehicles were required to remain in or near the atmosphere, and to stay within the aerodynamic capabilities of a vehicle with a maximum lift-drag ratio of 1.0 and within a maximum net acceleration G of 10 g's. The local Reynolds number for all the flight paths for a vehicle with a gross weight of 10,000 pounds and a 600 swept wing was found to be about 0.7 x 10(exp 6). With the assumption of a laminar boundary layer, the heating of the vehicle is studied as a function of type of flight path, initial G load, and initial velocity. The following heating parameters were considered: the distribution of the heating rate over the vehicle, the distribution of the heat per square foot over the vehicle, and the total heat input to the vehicle. The constant G load path at limiting G was found to give the lowest total heat input for a given initial velocity. For a vehicle with a maximum lift-drag ratio of 1.0 and a flight path with a maximum G of 10 g's, entry velocities of twice circular appear thermo- dynamically feasible, and entries at velocities of 2.8 times circular are aerodynamically possible. The predominant heating (about 85 percent) occurs at the leading edge of the vehicle. The total ablated weight for a 10,000-pound-gross-weight vehicle decelerating from an initial velocity of twice circular velocity is estimated to be 5 percent of gross weight. Modifying the constant G load flight path by a constant-angle-of-attack segment through a flight- to circular-velocity ratio of 1.0 gives essentially a "point landing" capability but also results in an increased total heat input to the vehicle.

Bias Correction for the Maximum Likelihood Estimate of Ability. Research Report. ETS RR-05-15

ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

Zhang, Jinming

2005-01-01

Lord's bias function and the weighted likelihood estimation method are effective in reducing the bias of the maximum likelihood estimate of an examinee's ability under the assumption that the true item parameters are known. This paper presents simulation studies to determine the effectiveness of these two methods in reducing the bias when the item…

49 CFR 571.126 - Standard No. 126; Electronic stability control systems.

Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

2013-10-01

... cycle that is designed for low-speed, off-road driving, or (b) the vehicle is in a four-wheel drive configuration selected by the driver on the previous ignition cycle that is designed for operation at higher.... Light outriggers are designed with a maximum weight of 27 kg (59.5 lb) and a maximum roll moment of...

Assessment of Advanced Logistics Delivery System (ALDS) Launch Systems Concepts

DTIC Science & Technology

2004-10-01

highest force vs. rotor weight required, allows much higher magnetic field generation than the linear induction or linear permanent magnet motors , and...provides the highest force vs. rotor weight required, allows much higher magnetic generation than the linear induction or linear permanent magnet motors , and

Robust regression and posterior predictive simulation increase power to detect early bursts of trait evolution.

PubMed

Slater, Graham J; Pennell, Matthew W

2014-05-01

A central prediction of much theory on adaptive radiations is that traits should evolve rapidly during the early stages of a clade's history and subsequently slowdown in rate as niches become saturated--a so-called "Early Burst." Although a common pattern in the fossil record, evidence for early bursts of trait evolution in phylogenetic comparative data has been equivocal at best. We show here that this may not necessarily be due to the absence of this pattern in nature. Rather, commonly used methods to infer its presence perform poorly when when the strength of the burst--the rate at which phenotypic evolution declines--is small, and when some morphological convergence is present within the clade. We present two modifications to existing comparative methods that allow greater power to detect early bursts in simulated datasets. First, we develop posterior predictive simulation approaches and show that they outperform maximum likelihood approaches at identifying early bursts at moderate strength. Second, we use a robust regression procedure that allows for the identification and down-weighting of convergent taxa, leading to moderate increases in method performance. We demonstrate the utility and power of these approach by investigating the evolution of body size in cetaceans. Model fitting using maximum likelihood is equivocal with regards the mode of cetacean body size evolution. However, posterior predictive simulation combined with a robust node height test return low support for Brownian motion or rate shift models, but not the early burst model. While the jury is still out on whether early bursts are actually common in nature, our approach will hopefully facilitate more robust testing of this hypothesis. We advocate the adoption of similar posterior predictive approaches to improve the fit and to assess the adequacy of macroevolutionary models in general.

Quantile-based Bayesian maximum entropy approach for spatiotemporal modeling of ambient air quality levels.

PubMed

Yu, Hwa-Lung; Wang, Chih-Hsin

2013-02-05

Understanding the daily changes in ambient air quality concentrations is important to the assessing human exposure and environmental health. However, the fine temporal scales (e.g., hourly) involved in this assessment often lead to high variability in air quality concentrations. This is because of the complex short-term physical and chemical mechanisms among the pollutants. Consequently, high heterogeneity is usually present in not only the averaged pollution levels, but also the intraday variance levels of the daily observations of ambient concentration across space and time. This characteristic decreases the estimation performance of common techniques. This study proposes a novel quantile-based Bayesian maximum entropy (QBME) method to account for the nonstationary and nonhomogeneous characteristics of ambient air pollution dynamics. The QBME method characterizes the spatiotemporal dependence among the ambient air quality levels based on their location-specific quantiles and accounts for spatiotemporal variations using a local weighted smoothing technique. The epistemic framework of the QBME method can allow researchers to further consider the uncertainty of space-time observations. This study presents the spatiotemporal modeling of daily CO and PM10 concentrations across Taiwan from 1998 to 2009 using the QBME method. Results show that the QBME method can effectively improve estimation accuracy in terms of lower mean absolute errors and standard deviations over space and time, especially for pollutants with strong nonhomogeneous variances across space. In addition, the epistemic framework can allow researchers to assimilate the site-specific secondary information where the observations are absent because of the common preferential sampling issues of environmental data. The proposed QBME method provides a practical and powerful framework for the spatiotemporal modeling of ambient pollutants.

Experimental Studies of Adhesion of a Highly Swollen Gel

NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

Cole, Phillip; Emerson, John

2003-03-01

A fracture mechanics methodology based on the Johnson-Kendall-Roberts (JKR) theory is used to quantify the self-adhesion of a highly swollen gel. The solid phase of the gel is a cross-linked polybutadiene and the liquid phase is dibutylphthlate (maximum 60% by weight). In these experiments two nearly identical gel lenses are brought into contact. Bonding and separation of contact is analyzed in terms of the modified JKR theory of Shull [1]. Simultaneous measurements of the applied load, the load point displacement and the contact radius between the lenses allow us to determine the elastic modulus of the gel and the energy release rate. It also allows us to determine whether the observed hysteresis is primarily due to surface dissipation or due to bulk viscoelasticity. The energy release rate is found to be approximately constant during the bonding phase of the experiment. During the debonding phase, the energy release rate increases with the crack velocity or the receding rate of contact radius. Self-adhesion is quantified in the debonding phase through the relationship between the energy release rate and the crack growth rate. The energy release rate during the bonding phase is compared to the surface tension of the liquid and the solid. We also study the effect of liquid phase on the self-adhesion by varying the amount of liquid from zero percent to the maximum of sixty percent. [1] Shull, K. R. Materials Science and Engineering R-Reports, 36 (2002) 1-45. This work was performed at Sandia National Laboratories, supported by the United States Department of Energy under contract number DE-AC04-94AL85000.